Common use of Line Item Question Response Clause in Contracts

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Our standard warranty covers all parts, products and bench labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsto to diagnose and fix our products. See attached for our detailed warranty document: Warranty . * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject There are no limitations that adversely affect coverage. Please refer to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties the attached for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursour detailed warranty document. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard If an on-site warranty repair or replacement must be made at is purchased the dealer location as described expense of technicians' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs is included in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timethe cost of the on- site warranty. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have provide coverage with certified technicians to all geographic regions of the facilities United States and technicians available Canada to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerepairs. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on No. All 3rd party equipment supplied by Nevco is covered under that manufacturer's warranty. This would apply to the original equipment manufactureritems like cameras, computers, etc. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging If a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideunopened and undamaged. Nevco will typically accept a return or exchange for non-custom products. A re-stocking fee will apply. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Nevco offers on-site service contracts are available on a case by case basis (for purchasean additional charge) predominately for our video display projects. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety We utilize a national network of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at 3rd party factory authorized agencies to complete the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablerepair work. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty StatementsYes. See document: Warranty * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursNo. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeNo. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities There are no restrictions. Verizon Connect provides a web-enabled, cloud- based solution which can be accessed via any supported web browser or mobile device (via mobile app). With presence in 15 countries globally, Verizon Connect has no limitations to providing support in those areas that we provide services. Additionally, Verizon Connect utilizes a network of subcontractors to provide professional installation (if required by customer) of telematics devices. Assignment of subcontractors are managed based on location to customer and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealertimeline based on customer's shops or on the job site when applicablerequirements. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on Verizon Connect has a robust portfolio of OEM agreements, connecting more vehicles and equipment over-the-air without ever touching the vehicle. OEM partnerships mean vehicles are ready to use from day one with factory warranty coverage and allow for online activation without any need to take the original vehicle or equipment manufacturerout of use for installation. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins Hardware devices do not require maintenance. Technical issues with hardware devices have initial troubleshooting done by contacting our Customer Support team. A support representative will work to correct the issue or issue a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA), so the hardware may be returned to Verizon Connect for new equipmentadditional troubleshooting or process a warranty replacement. The value for a specific piece can Replacement devices will be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providereceived within seven (7) days. * 52 48 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service There are no service contracts related to the proposed services. The proposed services are available provided as cloud-based, web enabled services. All maintenance is managed behind the scenes without interruption to the end- user's utilization of services. Hardware devices do not require maintenance. Technical issues with hardware devices have initial troubleshooting done by contacting our Customer Support team. A support representative will work to correct the issue or issue a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA), so the hardware may be returned to Verizon Connect for purchaseadditional troubleshooting or process a warranty replacement. It Replacement devices will be received within seven (7) days. For some hardware options, there is marketed no warranty needed as Confidence Plus® the hardware and replacements are included in the monthly cost. Other hardware options provide hardware warranty for one (1) year with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsoptions for extended warranties. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe 49 What are your payment terms and accepted payment methods. (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Verizon Connects Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 50 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Customers purchase telematics hardware units to be installed within the customer's vehicle (hardware can be leased upon request. Lease pricing can be provided based on number of leasing programs are availableunits). This includes standard leases Thereafter, a monthly subscription fee is paid to access GPS tracking and Diagnostics data. * 51 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as well described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. Customer's providing an electronic signature as leases with different purchase options at part of completing a Verizon Connect electronic Order Form or submitting or signing an Order Form for products and services offered pursuant to the end Sourcewell Contract indicates Customer's acceptance of the termterms of the Sourcewell Contract, including Verizon Connect's additional terms and conditions. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to If a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored Customer does not agree to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order formsSourcewell Contract, including Verizon Connect's additional terms and conditions, service level agreementsthe Customer may not order such products or services. If there is a conflict between the terms of a Customer's Accepted Order Form and its Agreement, etc.the terms of the Agreement (without reference to its Accepted Order Form) shall prevail. Customers may not modify, rescind or cancel an Accepted Order Form, in whole or in part, without Verizon Connect's written consent; any such action by Customer shall be considered null and void and have no effect on the Accepted Order Form. The transmission to the Customer of an Order Form does not constitute an offer. All orders are subject to acceptance by Verizon Connect, evidenced either (a) in writing via email, or (b) by shipping the Devices or provisioning the Verizon Connect Service. Under our current Sourcewell contract, all Verizon Connect sales are captured under the Sourcewell contract number to make reporting seamless. Our Finance department is able to easily determine any and all sales made under the contract for all three platforms. * 52 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Verizon Connect does currently support Procurement Card payment. There are no additional fees imposed by Verizon Connect for use a P-card. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 53 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer locationPricing for Verizon Connect telematics services (includes Verizon Connect NWF Inc., but typically a signed sales order and/or Verizon Connect Telo Inc., and Verizon Connect Fleet USA LLC) includes the following: - A one-time fee to purchase order is acceptable. telematics hardware unit (units can be leased if required) - A monthly subscription fee to access GPS and diagnostics data - A one-time fee for professional installation (customer can opt to manage installation internally) *

Line Item Question Response. 46 45 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, our warranty covers all the products we are proposing within the specified warranty period. Warranty coverage on GapVax products sold through our dealers includes parts and labor (or partial labor in some circumstances.) In addition, optional extended warranties are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsavailable to meet the needs of current and future Sourcewell members. See document: Warranty For a sample of our warranty policy, please reference the attached file GAPVAX WARRANTY. * 47 46 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to The standard municipal equipment warranty covers the equipment for one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsyear. Extended Optional extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety to meet the needs of terms current and hoursfuture Sourcewell members. The limited warranty does not cover chassis components, defects due to misuse, abuse, and neglect, nor does it supersede the warranty of an original component manufacturer. * 48 47 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? Warranty on GapVax products sold through our dealers covers parts and labor or partial labor, depending on the claim. The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the labor and travel reimbursement varies from dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeto dealer. * 49 48 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We Certain areas of North America do not have dealer coverage. These areas function as factory-direct regions. In these regions, parts associated with warranty claims are covered, but labor is not. There are certain instances that GapVax will dispatch a factory technician to a customer's site. GapVax evaluates each instance on a case-by-case basis. For a complete list of dealers and service centers, please reference the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableattached file GAPVAX DEALER AND SERVICE MAP. * 50 49 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties The standard municipal equipment warranty covers the equipment for one year. The limited warranty does not supersede the warranty of an original component manufacturer. Note: all items offered in response to this RFP will be passed on to covered by the original equipment manufacturer. warranty of GapVax Inc. * 51 50 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeTo date, no exchanges or returns have occurred on GapVax products ordered from a government entity. However, if the situation arises, GapVax Inc. will work with the customer and dealer on a case-ins for by-case basis. We intend to provide the customer with the best-in- class value that is synonymous with GapVax products. In the event that a new equipment. The value for and unused GapVax is shipped and delivered to a specific piece can be discussed with a Sourcewell member and their local Vermeer representative. With it is found that the warranty we provide combined unit does not meet the customer's intent, and the unit was quoted and ordered per the Sourcewell member's request or quote, GapVax Inc. may initiate up to a 30% restocking fee on the new and unused unit to cover additional transportation and costs associated with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, reselling the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideunit. * 52 51 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available GapVax dealers and service partners offer a variety of maintenance programs depending on the need of the Sourcewell member. Plans range from preventive maintenance contracts, full- service maintenance and repair contracts, or customer-specific service intervals based on the region of operation. Dealers and service partners provide pricing for purchasethese programs on a local level. It Therefore, GapVax Inc. is marketed as Confidence Plus® not including service contract options with standardour proposal. * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See document: Warranty You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 52 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services GapVax Inc is offering manufactured goods only. Therefore, no services are being quoted in this RFP, and service performance standards and guarantees do not apply. * 53 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) GapVax Inc is offering manufactured goods only. Therefore, no services are being quoted in this RFP, and service performance standards and guarantees do not apply. * 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms ? GapVax Inc's payment terms are Net 30. CashNET 30 with authorized municipal, Creditgovernment, or Financing dealer purchase orders. We accept bank checks, ACH, and Leasing availablewire transfers. * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are availableGapVax Inc. does not directly finance or lease equipment; we utilize third-party finance companies to assist our customers with their financing needs. This includes standard leases as well as leases When a finance need arises with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used a Sourcewell member, we try to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationpartner with Sourcewell contract holders like NCL Government Capital. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents The GapVax quote document is the beginning of the purchase process for a Sourcewell member. Document revision control is facilitated through the GapVax dealer portal, which is password protected for dealer-only access. The GapVax dealer portal ensures that the dealer presents the Sourcewell member with the most up- to-date quote version and avoids rejection due to an out-of-date document. To begin the quotation, the dealer selects the "Yes box" next to the question asking if the purchase occurs through Sourcewell. By selecting yes, the custom program populates the Sourcewell contract number on the cover page and automatically chooses the Sourcewell discounted price column, ensuring the Sourcewell member receives the preferred pricing promised. From there, the quotation process is relatively simple, and the Sourcewell member has a bonafide, binding, quote document in a matter of minutes. In addition, the opportunity for human error is significantly reduced because the custom-programmed quote document has unique identifiers alerting the GapVax Regional Sales Manager and accounting team to invoice and report all Sourcewell contract sales accurately. For a sample of our quote document, please reference the attached file GAPVAX QUOTE DOCUMENT. * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? GapVax Inc. currently does not accept the P-card procurement and payment process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. The GapVax Inc. pricing model is ceiling based with Sourcewell members receiving a percentage discount off of MSRP for each product category. For a complete price list, please reference the attached file GAPVAX SOURCEWELL PRICE LIST. * 59 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. The percentage of discount for Sourcewell members is 2% off MSRP. In addition, GapVax dealers understand that the Sourcewell contract is ceiling price based and may offer additional discounts throughout the contract's life. * 60 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. GapVax dealers understand that the Sourcewell contract is ceiling price based and may offer additional discounts based on unit quantity. * 61 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. GapVax will utilize open market pricing for the chassis portion of our equipment. The chassis is a sourced good that we will offer at Invoice + 3%. GapVax will also consider customization requests by Sourcewell members as open market or sourced goods negotiated between the GapVax dealer and Sourcewell member. * 62 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Outside of the chassis cost (as identified in question #61 regarding sourced goods), the other cost not included in the price list is delivery. Factory freight to the Sourcewell member is known at quoting and will be listed on their quote. Government agency requirements vary significantly from one agency to the next, as do the costs associated with these requirements. As a result, GapVax dealers may be required to offer pre-delivery inspections, on-site training, extended warranties, and service and repair contracts, which will be priced to the Sourcewell member at the time of quoting. * 63 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. Freight costs from the factory to customers in the contiguous United States and adjoining Canadian provinces will be itemized on the quote and paid by the customer. GapVax may charge up to $4.00 per loaded mile to deliver the equipment. The dealer decides if the product will ship directly to the customer or the dealer's location. The dealer will be responsible for making contact with the customer to arrange final delivery and start-up training. Exceptions to this delivery fee are GapVax units built on truck chassis powered by CNG (compressed natural gas.) They require unique transportation methods and will be quoted at the time of the proposal. * 64 Specifically describe freight, but typically shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. When deliveries are made to Alaska, Hawaii, Canadian territories, or offshore, the customer is responsible for the freight costs. GapVax Inc. and the customer will review these charges at the time of quoting. It is common for GapVax to work with the customer and utilize any specific delivery methods that work best for them. * 65 Describe any unique distribution and/or delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. Other than the delivery methods mentioned in #63 and #64, if a signed sales order and/or purchase order unique delivery situation exists that is acceptablebetter overall for the Sourcewell member, GapVax will work closely with them to attain the best possible solution. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Warranty and labor Maintenance processes are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementssimple as the end user reaching out to the Project Manager at Volatus Aerospace or Volatus USA and advising them of the issue. See document: Warranty Volatus will coordinate and facilitate as necessary, to have defective or damaged units repaired or replaced by the OEM according to their warranty guidelines. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject Volatus rigorously adheres to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe warranty guidelines outlined by the OEM. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard For the products where Volatus is not the OEM, all expenses for warranty repair or replacement must be made at repairs are imposed on the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeOEM. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Volatus rigorously adheres to the facilities and technicians available to perform OEM's warranty throughout guidelines, including the entire United States and Canadacoverage regions. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/Please note that warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableconditions are different with every OEM. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be Volatus is an official distributor which means that products bought from Volatus are fully covered with an OEM warranty. All warranty issues are typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturerOEMs for other manufacturers' products. At the same time, Warranty and Maintenance processes are as simple as the end user reaching out to the Project Manager at Volatus Aerospace or Volatus USA and advising them of the issue. Volatus will coordinate as necessary to have defective or damaged units repaired or replaced. Volatus proprietary products are fully covered by Volatus warranty. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a That depends on the specific piece can be discussed with a member products and their local Vermeer representative. With the OEM warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideoptions. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available Typically, a standard warranty covers manufacturing defects and issues caused by manufacturing defects as long as the drone is used within the stipulated guidelines. Each drone's component has its warranty period, ranging from 3 to 12 Months. However, for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardsome products, base, and premium the coverage options. See document: Warranty can be extended for a specific amount of time for an additional cost e.g. "DJI care refresh." * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Standard payment terms are Net 30NET30, however, we are flexible. We accept most of the payment methods available: Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. Checks. Debit cards. Credit cards. Mobile payments. Electronic bank transfers. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety We can provide leasing and financing options for educational and governmental entities. The details of such agreements and the subject of negotiation, but we have a positive experience with leasing and financing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at in Canada and the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationUnited States. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Volatus uses standard practices and procedures with quotes, sales orders, and invoices. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? We accept P-card for invoices total amounts below $10,000 * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Volatus Aerospace will vary provide a product category discount for all training solutions included in this RFP when bundled with an equipment sale. Training product categories are defined as online self-paced, live webinar, and live in-person. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by dealer locationthe pricing proposal in this response. For example, but typically if the pricing in your response represents a signed sales percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Discounts for each training product category will be applied as follows: Online Self-Paced • 100% discount on online training specific to the purchased equipment item (e.g. if a customer purchases a UAV system, the Volatus Aerospace online training module for that system will be included free of charge with the equipment purchase). • 50% discount on all pilot certification courses when bundled with an equipment purchase totaling more than $500 USD. * Note that when paired with additional in-person flight training and/or a flight review, this discount applies to the online self-paced portion of the training solution only. • 25% discount on all other self-paced online training solutions when bundled with an equipment purchase totaling more than $1500 USD. • Online self-paced certification modules provided free to charge to clients who reserve specialized in-person training sessions. This is done in order to establish a clear baseline of pilot knowledge prior to students arriving at an in-person training session. Live Webinar • 25% discounts on all live webinar training sessions with an equipment purchase of $2000 USD or more. Live In-Person • 20% discounts on all live in-person training for all specialized course modules (i.e.photogrammetry, lidar, aerial inspection, etc.). Note that this discount does not apply to mandatory in-person equipment training. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. Quantity or volume discounts are undoubtedly available. However, due to our massive product catalog, the precise discount should be calculated on per project basis. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. Volatus can promptly respond to any quotation request, which is, in our view, the most efficient way of getting up-to-date pricing awareness. Prices for other manufacturers' products can change over time; we are trying to keep our margin at 20% room. However, we are happy to discount the prices whenever possible (products end of life, permission from the OEM, negotiations with the OEM, etc.) * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Volatus Aerospace requires mandatory online and/or purchase in person training for all listed enterprise UAV platforms that are not supplied DJI or Autel Robotics products. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. All ground shipping across the United States is free of charge (except for Hawaii and the US territories). All ground shipping in Canada is free of charge. Expedited shipping costs (e.g. airfreight) are determined on a per order basis and are charged to the customer. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. We can support Alaska from Canada. Ground shipping is acceptablefree of charge. We will arrange delivery to Hawaii, the US territories, or any offshore delivery in accordance with client prefererence (Incoterms sea, air, etc.). However, the price will be calculated according to shipping rates privied by the shipping company. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. N/A *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, the warranties on all of our machines cover all products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementslabor. See document: Warranty Our warranty on all Doppstadt products is a 2 year/2,000 hours and a 1 year/1,000 hour on all other products. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year There are NO usage restrictions or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described limitations of coverage if machines are operated in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms conjunction with manuals and hourstraining. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, our warranties cover the travel time and mileage of technicians to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepairs. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available No, we can provide a certified technician to perform warranty throughout repairs in the entire United States whole of the US and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on Warranty work for engines are handled by the local engine distributor or authorized service provider. Ecoverse does remain involved and in contact with the customer during this process to make sure the original equipment manufacturerwork is carried out in a timely fashion. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins Certain large value items may need to be returned to Ecoverse within 30 days of warranty event for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providefurther inspection. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Ecoverse offer full service and maintenance contracts are available for purchaseall Ecoverse products. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsEcoverse also offers warranty extensions on all products up to a period of 5 years for additional cost. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Our payment terms for governmental entities are Net 30typically 30 days from receipt of invoice. CashWe are however flexible when it comes to payment terms with governmental entities and can adjust on a per case basis when needed. We currently accept two types of payment for all transactions, Credit, or Financing that is ACH wire and Leasing availablecheck. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Ecoverse does not offer leasing programs or financing options internally but we do work with a number financial institutions who are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases very familiar with different purchase our equipment and can tailor options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments specific to a member’s budgetcustomers needs, including governmental leases. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to Although Ecoverse does not offer internal leasing or financing options, many of our dealers would through the members needs and based on their applicationlikes of John Deere Financial, Volvo Financial, etc. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction Our standard transaction documents will vary would consist of an equipment proposal which would outline all the specifications for the given machine, warranty terms, payment terms, and price. A general terms and conditions of sale would accompany the proposal. Once the proposal is signed by dealer locationthe entity and a PO is issued and received, but typically we would then send an order confirmation to confirm all relevant order information. Finally, once machine is delivered to the entity, we would issue an invoice. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? We do not currently accept the P-card. We would certainly look into the option of accepting it if an organization wanted to use that method of payment. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales order and/or SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Ecoverse is offering a percentage discount off the list price for Sourcewell participating entities. We have enclosed a pricing data sheet that shows the list price for each unit as well as the Sourcewell contract price. We list all pricing in USD. We would convert any pricing to CAD at time of quote or purchase order is acceptablefor Canadian customers based on current exchange rate. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Liebherr offers different types of warranties with different terms and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementshour levels. See document: Warranty The standard warranty for all machines offered for this contract is 60 months / 3,000 hours, whatever comes first. For details please refer to the attached warranty certificate * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of Liebherr's warranty terms and hoursconditions do not restrict machine usage in applications, however have certain limitations such as neglect or machine abuse. For details please refer to the attached warranty certificate * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Liebherr's general warranty repair or replacement must be made at terms and condition exclude travel time and mileage. Dealer territories vary considerably from state to state as do their policies about travel time and mileage during the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timewarranty period. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Liebherr is offering their products and services for the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire contiguous United States and Canadaif awarded a contract. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on Liebherr currently only has limited service capabilities for areas outside the job site when applicablecontiguous US. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on While Liebherr makes every effort to ensure a smooth operation of their equipment and third party options provided with it, Liebherr can not guarantee to cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers. This mainly applies to third party attachments such as e.g. blades or buckets (if not Liebherr in house made components) but not to components installed in the base machine (e.g an alternator, non-Liebherr manufactured hydraulic pump or similar - those components are covered under the Liebherr warranty). For details of coverage please refer to the original equipment manufacturerwarranty certificate. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentLiebherr warrants that upon delivery their products will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will operate as intended. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areaIf they are not, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideLiebherr will make any necessary corrections. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseLiebherr and their dealers offer customized maintenance and repair programs based on the customer's need. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, The programs range from a periodic maintenance program only to a full service contract (full maintenance and premium coverage optionsrepair contract). See document: Warranty Cost varies based on the type of contract and other factors. * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net Our dealers accept payment from members and their terms may vary. The most common term is net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing Liebherr partners with industry leading financing partners. Rates may be subsidized and programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor released on a monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationbasis. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Liebherr has a very simple and transparent ordering process between the customer, Liebherr dealer (or LES), and Liebherr corporate. The quote for the dealer including customer pricing will vary be furnished by Liebherr's National Account team. At this point the Sourcewell member is asked to provide their Sourcewell member number. From that point on the Sourcewell member number will be referenced on document such as the quote or - in case of an order - also the invoice. In case of a customer order the dealer locationwill order the machine from Liebherr, but typically delivers the machine and invoices it. Liebherr's National Account team keeps track of all quotes and invoices under the Sourcewell contract. All sales information will be sent to Sourcewell along with the administration fee on a signed quarterly basis (or as stated in the contract) Based on the order volume under the Sourcewell contract this process may change. Liebherr however will ensure to document all sales order and/or purchase order under the Sourcewell contract (since this is acceptablethe first time Liebherr is responding to this request we want to ensure a very smooth process with all transactions and guide dealers as needed). * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Because of Liebherr dealers will be receiving payments directly from members, accepting P-car procurement will be at the dealers' discretion. Some dealers may have limitations on the amount that can be processed or may not be able to accept it at all. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. The pricing model is based on complete build pricing. Machines quoted are based on Liebherr's standard build machines for various builds and application specific uses. This ensures a simple and straight forward process with - in most cases - shortened lead times. LIst pricing is shown at the bottom of the quote together with the Sourcewell member pricing. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, along with our vendor partners', we warranty products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementslabor. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty Our synthetic turf warranty does not cover surfaces used more than 3000 hours a year which is subject to one full year considered excessive wear and tear. The warranties cover activities that the products or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hourssurfaces were intended for. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard H2I warranties will generally cover most travel & mileage but there can be limitations based on the members distance from one of our offices. We request that Sourcewell members contact H2I for clarification based on their projects location and we can add a notation to their quotation and warranty repair stating the coverage. Warranty calls which are determined to not be caused by the defects in material or replacement must workmanship as covered in our warranties, will be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties billed for time and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timemileage. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We H2I presently does not have the facilities service capabilities in Canada. H2I would contract this work out though vetted installation companies that are licensed and technicians available authorized to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and this type of work in Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed Yes, at H2I we pride ourselves on being accountable for every transaction to create a positive customer experience. We are a single source contact for all warranty/service for the original equipment manufacturerproducts and services we sell. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member majority of athletic materials, components, and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty products we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is sell are larger ticket items that as an industry standard are not generally applicable returnable mainly due to the type customized nature of equipment we provideof our offerings. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service We offer service contracts are available for purchaseon certain components we sell and maintenance contracts on applicable products that require routine maintenance. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. 30 Days * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A We provide a wide variety of leasing programs are availableoptions including a relationship with the NCL National Cooperation of Leasing, flexible payment plans where needed and stretching payments across multiple budget schedules. This includes standard leases as well as leases To have needs is one thing, but to have needs that cannot be met due to financial constraints is another thing entirely. Especially when that unmet need is multiplied by the number of students, and parents, who depend on community leaders to provide quality education for them. The dedicated team at H2I Group will stop at no end to connect our customer with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used financial resources needed to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on make their applicationstudents dreams come true. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents H2I will vary operate as the sole dealer for this contract. H2I has 17 offices and 300+ employee owners in sales, project management, customer service and accounting strategically located throughout the United States (see map in attachments). H2I utilizes several software programs as part of our order and fulfillment process including Salesforce, and Viewpoint. All orders are processed and tracked centrally in our Minneapolis office through receipt of PO from customer, procurement of material form H2I vendors, customer billing, and project closeout documents. We also have a service department that utilizes the same platforms. We have the ability to track purchases by dealer locationcustomer, but typically product type, PO date, ship date and final billing date. H2I accounting department will also be responsible for documentation on Sourcewell purchases and supporting documentation for regular reporting to Sourcewell team. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes, H2I Group does accept the P-Card procurement and payment process. There is an additional 2% surcharge on all credit card transactions from our 3rd party credit card agency. A surcharge will not be applied to any payments made in the form of check, debit or ACH. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. H2I Group provides Sourcewell participating entities our best possible pricing. Our pricing model is based on a percentage off of manufacturers list pricing. H2I Group has included detailed list pricing for all products proposed as part of the RFP as attachments of the price lists. This pricing is ceiling based covering the US. In addition, H2I Group will offer volume discounts on per project based on order size, and product scope. See Supporting Document ”H2I Price sheets FINAL for Sourcewell RFP – Athletic Turf & Surfaces” under Pricing. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Discount off list pricing varies by manufacturer, product, and volume. The percentage off of list pricing ranges from 10% pricing to 22% on product offerings. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. H2I may offer volume discounting based on the SF of the project and is determined on a project by project basis. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. Sourced Solutions / Open Market items are available to participating entities. These Open Market items will be identified in any contract quote prepared so that the participating entities may determine that the quoted prices for the products are fair and reasonable. We encourage participating entities to use this option as it facilitates complimentary products and streamlines the procurement process. Non-Standard Options will also be listed separately on any contract quote prepared so that the participating entities may determine that the quoted price is fair and reasonable. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Installation and transportation/shipping is priced separately. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. Due to the wide range of products and the geographical locations of delivery, our freight will be quoted on per project basis. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. See line 62 for least expensive and available shipping options to these locations. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. The delivery methods from H2I Group are structured to ensure on- time-delivery with an emphasis on cost savings. We look closely at the unique circumstances of each of our customers projects and recommend a process that best suits their needs and budget. Modes of transportation range from: • Standard shipping via manufacturer preferred carrier • Expedited • Sprinter van • Shipping container *

Line Item Question Response. 46 48 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials As described by MSA's warranty terms and conditions, MSA's warranty is inclusive of parts and labor for products under warranty when repaired by MSA authorized entities. Complete warranty details are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsprovided on the warranty link on the attached Link Reference document. See document: Warranty * 47 49 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject Products must be used according to one full year or 1,000 hoursthe manuals, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of specification, and warranty terms and hoursconditions to be eligible for warranty coverage. These terms and conditions can be found on the above-mentioned warranty link. * 48 50 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Authorized MSA repair and service entities compensation for warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some service is inclusive of travel timetime and mileage. * 49 51 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities MSA's distributor and technicians available to perform warranty throughout service model provides geographic coverage for the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided MSA has factory service centers in the following locations throughout the US and Canada (Murrysville, PA, Chicago, IL, Houston, TX, Edmonton, AB, and Toronto, ON). In addition, many of our distributors are certified to repair MSA products, including in many cases mobile service capabilities for select MSA products including SCBA and portable instruments. This encompasses both standard repair work and warranty service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 52 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties MSA will be passed pass on all 3rd party warranty coverages onto the Purchaser/Customer for any applicable components or accessories not manufactured by MSA. MSA will help to facilitate this warranty process between the original equipment manufacturercustomer and these 3rd parties. * 51 53 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentMSA will accept the return of eligible items. The value standard restocking fee is 15%. In some cases, this restocking fee could be more for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representativeitems that need additional repackaging prior to restocking. With The item must have shipped within the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece last 12 months. There are additional limitations on the return/exchange of equipment operate in their local areashelf-life items, custom items, assemble-to-order items, etc. In these cases, the need restocking fee might be higher or in some instances the item might not be eligible for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable return/exchange at all. MSA reserves the right to review all returns at the type time of equipment we providereturn and determine the eligibility. * 52 54 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseMSA will not be offering any service contract options as a part of this proposal. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardOn a case-by-case basis, basethe local MSA distributor might offer a service contract. However, any service contract offered through our distributor would be an open market purchase and premium coverage optionswould not be considered part of this contract. See document: Warranty * 53 55 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms For orders placed directly with MSA, standard direct net payment terms are Net 30-days. CashAccepted payment methods include check, Creditcredit card, or Financing and Leasing availableACH bank payment. * 54 56 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of MSA will not be providing any leasing programs or financing options under this contract. However, since we are availablealso listing our distributors on this contract. It is possible that on a case-by-case basis the distributor might have a leasing or financing option. This includes standard leases as well as leases would need to be negotiated with different purchase options the distributor at the end time of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationpurchase. * 55 57 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction The majority of MSA transaction documents will vary be through our enterprise management systems (SAP and Salesforce). Opportunities will be tracked and monitored in our Salesforce system. Orders will be entered and processed through our SAP ERP system. MSA will create a terms and conditions document for customers purchasing directly through this contract. Attached is an example of the Terms and Conditions document for the GSA contract. MSA would create a similar document for this Sourcewell contract. In addition, MSA will have a formal policy for our distribution network that outlines the process for when a distributor utilizes this contract. * 58 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? For orders that are processed directly by dealer locationMSA, but typically we will accept P- card procurement from the Sourcewell member. No additional fees will be applied to the order. For orders processed through the MSA distributor, P-card eligibility will be on a signed sales order and/or purchase order case-by-case basis depending on the distributor's P- card policy. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 59 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Included in the attached documents on this proposal is acceptableMSA's current list price document which includes all items to be offered under this contract. At times, MSA will require the opportunity to institute list price increases for this contract, aligning with the increases we institute for our commercial customers. At least 30- day notice will be provided prior to any price increase and price increase justification information will be provided with all increase requests. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? Although ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. strives for perfection in quality, if a defect in product occurs or poor workmanship is identified, we have policies in place to rectify the situation. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warrants all components and products manufactured by them to be free of defects for one year from the date of purchase. All materials ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. workmanship is covered by the same 12-month warranty, whether it's installation of ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. goods, purchased components, fabrication, or repairs. All our products are delivered to the end user with an operations and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsmaintenance manual, and included with that manual is always our warranty document. See document: Warranty We have attached our warranty document to this RFP submission. It is titled, “Bonnell Warranty.pdf”. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warranty policy does not impose any restrictions or limitations that would adversely affect coverage when the product is subject to one full year used per the operator's manual. However, this warranty does not cover damage or 1,000 hoursfailure caused by abuse, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsnegligence, accident, improper customer installation, neglect, or natural disasters. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for Any modifications made by the buyer or a variety of terms and hoursthird party without ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc's prior written approval may void any warranty. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard In the unlikely event that a warranty repair or replacement is required, any warranty repair must be made conducted at ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. or an authorized entity. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will not cover travel time and or mileage under any circumstance. In some instances, a ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. Representative may be available to repair the unit at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timecustomers preferred location. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. has a large dealer network that covers the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout geographic regions of the entire United States and CanadaCanada in question. Sourcewell entities In circumstance's that a certified repair facility cannot be found, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will be provided service/locate and permit a third party, non-▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. entity to perform any warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerepairs required. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Many components manufactured by and purchased from other suppliers are sold and installed by ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. These components are covered under ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warranty policy. The warranty policies of the individual providers may cover these components longer than ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc's warranty policy. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will be passed pass on any warranties received from the manufacturer for such components to the original equipment manufacturerbuyer, and as a courtesy will process warranty claims pertaining to these components. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentIndustries reserves the right to add a 15% restocking fee on returned items. The value for a specific piece can No returns on electrical items will be discussed with a member accepted. These policies are monitored case by case and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate fee may be waved in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providecertain circumstances. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. does not offer service contract options for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty the items included in our proposal * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. standard payment terms are Net 30. Cash30 for approved customers, Creditotherwise we accept cash, or Financing check and Leasing availablecredit card. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. offers financing options through Sheffield Financial and NCL Government Capital. We primarily use NCL Government Capital, and our customers have only had positive things to say about the process. In the current economic climate, we have heard from our customers of an increased need to use different financing options. The financing option that we prefer to encourage our Municipal customers to utilize is through NCL Government Capital. NCL Government Capital has been in the business of government leasing programs and financing for over 20 years, and they understand the bid/specification requirements and provisions involved with each government purchase. In light of the years of experience with government purchases, NCL has gone above and beyond to service their customers and make the purchasing process as painless as possible. They realize that when municipalities need new equipment, the funds are not always available, so they offer the customer Tax- Exempt Municipal Financing through manageable installment payments that come from their operating budget. This includes standard leases as well as leases The advantage to this is that no new debt is created, and the Tax-Exempt Municipal Financing does not require any form of voter approval in virtually every state. The Benefits to Municipal Financing include the following: • Immediate ownership can be acquired with different purchase no upfront cash required. • The Financing has a 1-2 day approval turnaround. • Finance 100% of your acquisition including soft cost. • Flexible payment options allow for creating budget calendar alignment. • No Buy-out or residual at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used • Defer first payment for up to tailor monthly payments 12 months. • Financing satisfies Municipal Bid Requirements because NCL holds a Source-well awarded contract. • Non-Appropriation language included. • No voter approval required in most states. The largest advantage to our customers in promoting NCL financing is the fact that NCL holds a member’s budgetSourcewell-awarded contract. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored We promote to the members needs end user that NCL went through a similar competitive solicitation process as we had, and based they have done the heavy lifting to help save our customer's the time, admin headaches and money involved with going through the typical bid process. NCL is also very hands on their applicationand works directly with the customers, one-on- one, to make the communication and financing process quick and easy. NCL provides different marketing tools to help explain these financing advantages to the end user. We have included NCL Government Capital's flyers to our submission in the finance section under “Leasing Documents * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction At the time of budget or quote, our sales team will utilize our Sales Order Quote document to provide the entity with price and product information for their consideration. Within this document, we collect and record the part numbers, pricing, customer information, Sourcewell ID #, and other important order information. Should the customer decide to move forward with the purchase, our Quote gets converted into a Sales Order which creates the demand for our production team to begin manufacturing the product. Once the order goes through production and is completed, the order then goes to Invoicing. All our Invoice documents appear very similar to our Sales Order documents, the only difference is that the final page of all our invoices include our terms and conditions and an invoice number. Our terms and conditions cover all the general payment terms, returns, warranty statements, etc. See the following related attachments: “Sales Order.pdf” & “Terms & Conditions” * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. does not accept the P-card procurement and payment process. To keep costs low for our customers we do accept VISA, MasterCard, Discover and AMEX through a national merchant processing provider. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. pricing model is a 5% discount off of MSRP. To make it as easy on the Sourcewell member as possible we have included the MSRP price and Sourcewell discounted price for ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc whole goods and parts in the following attached documents: Section B Truck Packages.pdf Section C Plow.pdf Section D Hitches.pdf Section E Wings.pdf Section F Scrapers.pdf Section G V-Box.pdf Section H UT Spreaders.pdf Section J Commander.pdf Section K Prewet.pdf Section L Wear Products.pdf Section N Push-N-Plow.pdf Section O Replacement Tailgate Spreaders.pdf Section P Cab Shield.pdf * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. In order to continue providing Sourcewell members with the best price the discount on this contract will vary be a 5% discount from MSRP. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. It is not uncommon for Sourcewell members to purchase larger quantities. In order to continue providing Sourcewell members with the best price we are offering an additional discount of 2% on any identical whole good purchased in the quantity of 5 or more and an additional discount of 5% on any identical parts purchased in a quantity of 10 or more. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries' procedure for sourced goods or nonstandard options is to take cost plus a percentage. This may include sourced goods, nonstandard items, or custom built to order items that may require engineering and/or research and development work. These items are quoted per request and the customer is supplied with a quote for each request. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. With the exception of the Snow Fighter Packages, most equipment in this proposal is offered to Sourcewell Member uninstalled. If installation is required, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. or the nearest ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. distributor will quote those charges to the Sourcewell member. The Sourcewell member also has the option to install the product themselves using documentation and instructions supplied by dealer location▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, but typically Inc. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. All snow and ice removal equipment will ship via tractor-trailer flatbed truck. Complete snow fighter trucks will be shipped either RGN trailer, or handled as a signed sales order drive away to customer facility. To ensure that the PCA Member will get the best possible shipping rate, delivery charges will be quoted on a case-by-case basis. Shipping fees will be pre-paid and added to the invoice * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Delivery will be quoted on a case-by-case basis using a Logistics Company for Alaska, Hawaii and Canada to ensure that the Sourcewell member receives the best possible shipping rate. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. To deliver to Sourcewell members at the best possible price ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. employs our own CDL Certified drivers. These drivers use company owned vehicles to deliver products at a lower rate than outside vendors. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Built Buses agrees to accept sole source responsibility for vehicle and labor component parts warranted by ▇▇▇▇▇▇ per ▇▇▇▇▇▇ and DTNA'S published policy attached to this proposal. Such written warranty is exclusive and is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, any warranty of merchantability or fitness for purpose. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ cannot accept responsibility for parts that are covered separately warranted (eg: engines, transmissions, or other chassis OEM's such as described Ford and GM). ▇▇▇▇▇▇ dealers can work with the responsible manufacturer or service supplier to correct performance issues in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthose cases. See document: Warranty * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is Based upon a product's specifications warranty coverage varies. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ warrants that each new vehicle will be free from defects in material and workmanship that occur under normal use within the applicable warranty period, subject to one full year certain limitations and exclusions as specified in the warranty documents included in our submission to Sourcewell. Coverage includes all components and parts unless specifically covered by other warranties or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described otherwise excluded by those documents. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ warranty coverages do not apply to equipment added after bus manufacturing since those items are outside of our knowledge or control due to the custom nature of the final product in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsquestion. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety Specific details of terms and hoursany coverage pertaining to those items will need to be confirmed with the selling dealer by the Sourcewell member. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty Due to the complexity of the vehicles sold under this agreement, the majority of the service to be performed on the equipment will be best undertaken in an authorized ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Built Bus service facility to ensure the highest possible service standards. In some cases, specific dealerships may offer on-site repair or replacement must options to Sourcewell members. These offerings will vary by the size of the market in question and will be made constrained in scope by the limitations of a mobile solution. As such, Sourcewell Members should consult the ▇▇▇▇▇▇ dealership listings provided in this response to identify the specific services offered by their local ▇▇▇▇▇▇ dealership and the specific financial provisions of those services offered. Incremental warranties may be purchased by Sourcewell Members to cover this situation at additional expense. Details of that selection should be negotiated with the selling ▇▇▇▇▇▇/DTNA dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepresentative at time of purchase. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentis proud to have one of the largest dealership footprints in the industry with 263 service points across North America. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member We have authorized repair facilities in all 50 States and their local Vermeer representative9 of the 13 Canadian Provinces where significant populations of trucks exist. With the warranty As such, we provide combined with a member’s are confident in our ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, support the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to Sourcewell membership's service needs. Please be aware that areas outside the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, CreditCONUS market, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) more remote localities in the document upload section US or Canadian mainland, may experience service times that are more extensive than their more urban counterparts because of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer their remote location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor ICF shall perform the services, as defined in the contract, utilizing the standard of care normally exercised by professional consulting firms in performing comparable services under similar conditions. As we are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsoffering professional consulting services, warranties are not applicable. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject Warranties do not impose usage restrictions or limitations that adversely affect coverage. As we are offering professional consulting services, warranties are not applicable. Subject to one payment in full year or 1,000 hoursand to the terms of the contract, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties ICF grants the client a non-exclusive, non-transferable, perpetual license to use the deliverables provided for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe client's internal business purposes. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard As we are offering professional consulting services, warranty repair or replacement must repairs are not applicable. In the event that a client requests that we travel to their site as part of the scope of work, costs will be made at the dealer location provided and pre-approved as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeper our agreement. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have As outlined in Response 48, warranty repairs are not applicable. There are no geographic regions of the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided or Canada that ICF cannot service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerICF does not manufacture items and does not include items from other manufacturers as part of our proposal. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areaFor any deliverable which is not accepted, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to Sourcewell client's exclusive remedy, and ICF's entire liability, shall be the type re-performance of equipment we providethe services. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardAs a professional consulting firm, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A we offer a variety of leasing programs service contract options for the items included in our proposal. These options are availabledesigned to meet the specific needs and budget of our clients. This includes standard leases We may provide both short-term and long-term contracts, as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates hourly and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and project-based on their applicationbilling structures. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose in detail your performance standards or guarantees, including conditions and requirements to use in connection with an awarded contract qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *response in addition to responding to the questions below.

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor product warranty coverages in reference to this proposal are covered as described in provided to the end user by the original equipment manufacturer Warranty Statementsor upfitter. See document: Warranty We have attached copies of the standard warranty coverage for each OEM that we are offering on this proposal. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty StatementsEach OEM warranty has different usage restrictions and limitations. Extended warranties We have attached the standard warranty coverage for parts and/or labor each of the manufacturers we are available for a variety of terms and hoursoffering on this proposal. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Case dependent; typically the warranty repair coverage offered by the OEM does not include travel or replacement must mileage if mobile service is requested. Any associated costs with these services will be made at presented prior to any services being performed. In terms of towing, some OEMs will cover the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeexpense of a tow into the closest factory certified warranty facility if the unit is undrivable. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities Any potential geographic restrictions will be provided service/warranty repair in discussed with the client at the time of quote to ensure that the vehicle can be properly serviced and maintained for the Sourcewell member. We will work to spec equipment that maximizes operating capability, but also maximizes access to service support for the client whether through the OEM network or our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablenetwork of Rush Enterprises locations. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be All warranty coverage is passed on to from the original equipment manufacturerOEM. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning Rush Truck Centers does not offer an exchange or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providereturn policy. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Extended service contracts are available for purchaseoffered through OE programs as well as from Rush through our third-party partners. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® However, these extended service contracts are somewhat customizable and need to be discussed, quoted and evaluated with standard, base, and premium coverage optionseach client on a case-by-case basis. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableRush Truck Centers does offer NET30 terms from the date of delivery (upon credit risk approval by the Rush credit team). * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Rush Enterprises does offer municipal leasing programs are availableand financing options through our third-party lending partners. This includes standard leases as well as leases At the time the vehicle is quoted we will gladly review these options with different purchase options at Sourcewell members to find the end of best option for them. Any leasing or financing terms would be agreed to separately by the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates customer and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationleasing/financing company. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary Rush Truck Centers requires a Retail Sales Order, Delivery Receipt, and a CARB Attestation form. The State of Attestation/Domicile form is required by dealer location▇▇▇▇ to be signed by the customer to make sure that non-California compliant trucks ultimately won't registered or primarily operated in the State of California due to new CARB, but typically ACT, ACF, and Low Nox Omnibus regulations. Other forms may include warranty start forms depending on the OEM. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Rush Truck Centers does except P-cards for payment on parts and service without a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablecredit card processing fee. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty StatementsCummins offers a 2 year comprehensive warranty. See document: Warranty Additional coverage is available past the 2 years * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty None as long as the product is subject to one full year or 1,000 hoursapplied properly and routine maintenance is performed. It would exclude normal wear items such as belts, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. hoses, filters * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. Yes * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. No * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will Cummins covers any products supplied by us. If there happened to be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. 3rd party supplier involved that would be handled internally by Cummins so that end users would not be burdened by that issue * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentCummins does not exchange or accept returned products. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With In the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate rare case there is an issue, Cummins will fix in their local area, place or replace if the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable still under warranty. We can also provide assistance to the type of facilitate used equipment we providesales or trade ins. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseCummins offers multiple Preventative Maintenance contract options. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsreally depends upon the application and/or customer requested service. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 3030 days. Cash, Credit, or Financing Standard commercial purchase order and Leasing available. invoice * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options None at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. this time * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer locationWe would provide a commercial quotation in accordance with Sourcewell contract terms. If requested we could also provide a Preventative Maintenance agreement based upon customer application/needs * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, but typically is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes, we accept P-card and there is no fee. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales order and/or purchase order SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Cummins has eliminated MSRP and List pricing for Commercial products. What we propose is acceptablea cost plus fixed mark-up on all Cummins content. In essence, instead of going from MSRP with a discount to achieve a target margin. We go from cost to achieve the target margin. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 77 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, all ▇▇▇▇▇ Air Structures will be covered by our standard warranty, and labor are like any building, individual components will be covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsby the warranties of the supplier manufacturers. See document: Warranty * 47 78 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hoursThere are no usage restrictions that would forego the warranty, whichever comes first so long as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe buyer does not improperly operate the facility as instructed during the turnover process i.e., vandalism, over/under pressurization, etc. * 48 79 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at ▇▇▇▇▇ warranties above do not cover the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties travel food and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timelodging of ▇▇▇▇▇ technicians. * 49 80 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have ▇▇▇▇▇ has the facilities and ability to send technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair any location in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableNorth America, including Hawaii. * 50 81 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be ▇▇▇▇▇ provides a warranty on all workmanship. All other warranties are passed on to through from supplier manufacturers. With ▇▇▇▇▇’s long-standing relationship and large order volume from these suppliers, a client has never had any issue obtaining a pass-through warranty. Please view the original equipment manufacturersample warranty packet. (See 81.1_DOC) * 51 82 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmenthas no exchange and return programs. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member Each project is custom designed and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providebuilt and our payment terms are clearly outlined on every contract. * 52 83 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase▇▇▇▇▇ does provide customers with the opportunity to enter into a service contract. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® This contract typically outlines that an ▇▇▇▇▇ Supervisor will perform Quarterly Inspections of the air-supported structure and witness the testing of the mechanical equipment by the HVAC service company contracted by the participating entity. The ▇▇▇▇▇ Supervisor will review the structure and its mechanicals in accordance with standard, base, The Quarterly Maintenance Checklist and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are availablereport the results thereof. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end a physical inspection and procedure for pressurization testing of the termprimary and backup inflation systems. Purchase Options using predetermined Please view the example of the ▇▇▇▇▇ Service Contract. (See 83.1_DOC) * Describe in detail your performance standards or fair market values can be used guarantees, including conditions and requirements to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budgetqualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction documents 84 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services. ▇▇▇▇▇ designs air-supported structures to the latest versions of the structural code requirements. For the U.S., ▇▇▇▇▇ currently abides by ASCE 55-16 and the applicable wind and snow load conditions for the geographical area in which the structure will vary be installed. ▇▇▇▇▇ provides a 20-year warranty and utilizes cutting-edge manufacturing techniques to ensure structure longevity for their clients. * 85 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.). ▇▇▇▇▇ utilizes in-house technicians to perform service work. This ensures that the technician’s services are in compliance with ASATI’s design standards. Using all in- house technicians allows for any repairs which require factory input or materials/parts to be facilitated fluidly. Additionally, allowing ▇▇▇▇▇ to guarantee the workmanship of its services for a period of 2 years. * 86 Describe the methods or techniques that impact the durability or longevity of your product. Structural Design Criteria: ▇▇▇▇▇ utilizes large safety factors to reduce the product’s fatigue over its lifespan, providing additional longevity. Use of High-Quality Products: ▇▇▇▇▇ uses North American or European-made products that have been found to have a superior level of quality compared to products from other areas of the world. The manufacturers we utilize in these countries have a much better track record in upholding the warranty on any issued products. Technology: ▇▇▇▇▇’s air structure system, as a whole, is designed and built to achieve longevity by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *optimizing each component to achieve superiority at every detail.

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty StatementsYes. See document: Warranty Please see the attached Westnet Warranty. * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Westnet's warranty is similar to the warranty for other commercially sold electronic equipment. Specifically, the warranty does not include damage that is caused by Customer's or any third person's misuse, negligence, improper installation or testing, or unauthorized attempts to open, repair or modify the Product, or by accident, fire, water, lightening, power cuts or outages, power or telephone line transients, viruses, other hazards, or acts of God, or by any other cause beyond the range of intended use in accordance with the Product's normal usage and Westnet's published instructions. Please see the attached Westnet Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursadditional information. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeYes, for customers who purchase an on-site warranty. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? No, Westnet provides technicians to all locations where customers have its products. We have offer and provide on-site warranty and extended maintenance services in the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableoverseas for United States Marine Corps fire stations. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to Yes, Westnet provides its warranty for all products its sells, including the original equipment manufacturerfew that it does not manufacture. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for Regardless of the vintage of the customer's previously purchased Westnet manufactured product, Westnet offers an equipment buyback credit towards the purchase of a new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With Westnet product of equal or greater value/performance of the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideoriginal product. * 52 48 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseOngoing Support is offered to all clients. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® Westnet works with standardthe client to determine the best type of support package that best suits the needs of that department. Some clients desire 24/4/365 on-site maintenance, basesome prefer quarterly visits, and premium coverage optionsother departments purchase technical support only packages. See Below is an example of a mixed support package approach. This plan is comprised of on-site support for the dispatch center, but technical support only for the stations. All First-In Systems are backed by a one-year warranty and technical support is obtained by calling our toll-free number to report any problems. Generally, most cases are resolved in less than 24 hours. * Please see attached How to Obtain Services document: Warranty * 53 Describe . 49 What are your payment terms and accepted (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Westnet payment methods. Payment Terms terms are Net typically net 30. Cash, Credit, but we have extended them to net 45 or Financing and Leasing available60 on occasion. * 54 50 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Westnet offers direct leasing for government agencies. The lease is for the equipment only and is not offered for installation and labor related services. The term of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options the lease can be up to 60 months and the customer owns the equipment at the end of the lease term. Purchase Options using predetermined * 51 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or fair market values some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. Westnet uses a CRM system to track all quotes/estimates and the contracting pricelist is designated on the initial quote. Once the customer submits a contract or purchase order, the quote is converted to an Order and becomes a Project where it is tracked the Contracts and Project Management Teams. For the last several years, Westnet has held both a cooperative purchasing agreement with the Houston-Galveston Area Council (HGAC) and a GSA contract and is required to file quarterly sales reports for each. To allow for accurate sales reporting for the various contract vehicles, Westnet's quoting and accounting systems have a separate code/class for each price list (contract vehicle). This method of capturing the appropriate price list designation at the beginning of the quoting process provides accurate tracking of the sales data at the earliest stage of a project. At the end of a reporting period, the Accounting Department simply runs a sales report based on the code/class of that cooperative contract and a list of all sales is generated. This report can be used exported to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budgetMicrosoft Excel, Word, PDF and other programs. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Westnet will vary by process dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or network orders for Sourcewell participating entity purchase order is acceptableorders. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials The warranty offered from XCMG and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. See documentits dealers cover all products, parts, and labor, with the exception of: Warranty Glass Lights Radios Wear & Tear (Regular maintenance items) / undercarriage Customer damage * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to XCMG warranties do not cover: Attachments/Accessories not sold by XCMG Aftermarket attachments/accessories installed by XCMG and/or one full year or 1,000 hoursof it's dealers are excluded Accidents, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts abuse, neglect, and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursimproper repair. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must This shall be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timedecided case-by-case. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available If dealer coverage is not available, XCMG Canada Ltd. can provide a certified technician to perform warranty throughout repairs in all geographic regions in the entire United States US and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties XCMG will cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are installed onto the machine before delivered to the customer(ex. quick coupler installed at dealer prior to delivery). Severe engine warranty issues may be passed on to the original equipment manufacturermanufacturer (ex. Cummins), this is determined on a case-by-case basis. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member Dealers will provide equipment as quoted, and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product machine is not generally applicable to meeting the type expectations of equipment we providethe Sourcewell participating entities in the first three months, or three hundred hours, whichever occurs first, XCMG will provide a suitable replacement machine. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseAll XCMG dealers have the ability to provide full maintenance/service contract on a case-by-case, or a machine-by-machine basis, at an additional cost. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30Acceptable payment terms will be 30 to 60days after machine delivery. CashXCMG dealers will accept wire, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availablecheck and/or EFT for payment. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of XCMG dealers have access to financial institutions to supply suitable leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases and financing options as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationrequired. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents XCMG dealers will vary provide a sales order with details of the deal including pricing, warranty, delivery etc. To be signed by the customers, and when the machine is delivered, dealer locationwill provide a sales invoice for payment and appropriate warranty document with start date once machine is delivered. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Payment terms will be dealer specific but acceptable terms would be 30 to 60 days. Dealers payment processes will vary, however most accept wire, check, and/or EFT. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Generally, dealers will supply equipment at a 5% discount from listed price. Listed price will include dealers' normal profit on a standard configuration machine. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Generally, dealers will supply equipment at a 5% discount from listed price. Listed price will include dealers' normal profit on a standard configuration machine. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. Additional rebates maybe available for large volume purchases, but typically this will be a signed sales order case-by-case negotiation with dealers. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. Quoted purchase price includes standard configurations and any additional options will be quoted with cost plus percentage. Dealers will supply quote for each sourced product beyond standard configuration when they receive a request from Sourcewell participating entities. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. All pricing will be CIF North American ports including Port of New Westminster, Port of Vancouver, Port of Baltimore, and Port of Tacoma. Freight to dealers will be added to purchase price. Extended warranties beyond XCMG standard will be at additional cost. Any customization, modification, or installation beyond standard configuration will be an additional cost. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. The submitted Sourcewell price does not include delivery to the dealer or to customer site. It can be arranged through our dealers on a case to case basis. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. XCMG will be delivering products to port listed above, and freight to dealer and/or purchase order is acceptablecustomer will be determined by machine type. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. We will assist as required in booking transportation for the Sourcewell participating entities. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 50 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Cleverciti's products can be bought as “Capex” or subscribed to as “SaaS” (Solution as a Service). If the SaaS model is chosen, Sourcewell customers receive a turnkey “solution as a service” with an SLA for us to provide the relevant data. This means if a hardware device is defective, Cleverciti will provide a replacement device or repair the defective device throughout the duration of the contract term. This includes bench labor. If a customer chooses to purchase the solution (CAPEX), a standard 1 year parts warranty applies on all hardware supplied by Cleverciti, which may include repair, exchange or replacement depending on the support options available for that particular component. In either of the above models, Sourcewell members have the option to purchase an additional on-site labor warranty. For our software platform, including the CleverPortal, the warranty and labor associated SLA are covered as described provided throughout the duration of the contract term. Software fixes can usually be performed remotely See the Warranties section of our terms and conditions that are included in manufacturer Warranty Statementsour package of Standard Transaction Documents for details about the warranty. See document: Warranty * 47 51 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty There are no usage restrictions or other limitations outside of what is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as already described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of our standard terms and hoursconditions. * 48 52 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, the On-Site Labor Warranty includes the cost of travel time and mileage to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepairs. * 49 53 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have cover and service all geographic regions of the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States US and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in In areas where we don't have our dealer's shops own technicians, we subcontract with local or on the job site when applicableregional firms to provide these services. * 50 54 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Yes, we will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturercover warranty service for all items that are a part of our proposal. * 51 55 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeWe are committed to ensuring maximum possible uptime for our clients. Therefore, we maintain stocks of major components regionally, and for large projects it is also possible to maintain stocks of major components on-ins site. To maximize speed and reduce troubleshooting time, for new equipmentSensors we typically swap the device if a fix cannot be quickly identified. The value for a specific piece For digital signage, we have designed the devices to be “front service” which means most maintenance can be discussed with a member occur without the cost/headache of removing the device from the pole. Details of our warranty are included in the Warranties section of our standard terms and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideconditions. * 52 56 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are SaaS: standard parts and bench labor warranty included for duration of contract term Capex: standard parts and bench labor warranty included for 1 year with option to extend the warranty for additional years On-Site Labor Warranty: optionally available for purchaseeither SaaS or Capex. It Software: all software (e.g. CleverPortal) is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardwarranted throughout the duration fo the contract. * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe You may upload representative samples of your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction documents 57 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Cleverciti's accuracy has been independently tested and verified at over 98%. We design all of our sensor plans to meet this high standard. Because the Cleverciti Sensor is always checking the real-time status of each vehicle, this is a total accuracy rate, and is not subject to any accumulation of errors over time. With such a high accuracy rate, drivers build trust in the system and learn that they will vary by dealer locationfind a space most quickly if they follow the guidance. Representative components of each type will be assembled and provided to the software team for in-house testing of the software applications. There are certain points within the process where quality checks are performed in accordance with Cleverciti's quality assurance procedures. To further enhance our quality processes and promote continued improvement, but typically Cleverciti maintains ISO 9001 certification and adheres to the established high-quality management principles including a signed sales order and/or purchase order strong customer focus, leadership and motivation from top management, process approach, and evidence-based decision policies. Utilizing ISO 9001 processes help ensure that customers receive consistent, quality products and services. Additional details on the driving principles of ISO certifications can be found in the ISO Quality Management Principles document available at: ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇.▇▇▇/files/live/sites/isoorg/files/store/en/PUB100080.pdf, * 58 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Further to the above, please see SLA Template attached. Additionally, each Cleverciti solution deployment is acceptabledesigned in collaboration with the customer. As a part of the design process specific KPI's and metrics are attached to the Scope of Work to measure the success of the project. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. Geotab's warranty covers all products and parts manufactured by Geotab. Warranties on labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsvary by reseller. See document: Warranty Please find attached Geotab End User Agreement - RFP 020221 for further details on what the warranty covers. Agreement also available online (▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/▇▇▇▇.html). * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year Geotab's warranty does not impose any further restrictions or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementslimitations outside the Geotab End User Agreement. Extended warranties Please find attached Geotab End User Agreement - RFP 020221 for parts and/or labor are further details on what the warranty covers. Agreement also available for a variety of terms and hoursonline (▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/▇▇▇▇.html). * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Geotab does not conduct warranty repair repairs, rather replaces the faulty unit with another working unit [for Geotab Product] or replacement must be made at provides credit [for third-party products] depending on the dealer location as described conditions and exclusions found in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe Geotab End User Agreement. Extended warranties Please find attached Geotab End User Agreement - RFP 020221. Agreement also available online (▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/▇▇▇▇.html). ▇▇▇▇▇▇'s Resellers perform installations and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some may charge expenses for travel timemileage and labor for their technicians. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We Our Resellers have national coverage to ensure Sourcewell members across all regions are supported. In addition, Geotab has an advance replacement program, in North America, for all approved in-warranty RMA cases: - Sourcewell participating entities can use the facilities RMA# as Purchase Order to waive shipping and technicians available to perform warranty throughout device costs and; - Geotab provides a prepaid return shipping label with each replacement order from the entire United States U.S., and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed Based on to product warranty cover, the original equipment manufacturerconditions and exclusions found in the Geotab End User Agreement. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? Please find attached Geotab End User Agreement - RFP 020221. Agreement also available online (▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins .▇▇▇/▇▇▇▇.html). Geotab will provide warranty support for new equipmentthird- party products but will not authorize any replacement device. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areaRather, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable Geotab will process credit back to the type of equipment we provideReseller /customer. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It Credit approval is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationGeotab validating the failure [rejecting tampering]. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose For more information, please refer to use page 66 and page 67 in connection with an awarded contract the MyAdmin User, Policy and Procedures Guide (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/document/d/1xTkKx- zdd91E8w5pC2pbzCjc-dw1ZvIRWEMdjiyojYI/edit#). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? IDEAL manages warranties from Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) for our clients. IDEAL only purchases through authorized distribution channels or directly from the OEM, thereby guaranteeing that we can pass the OEM established warranty and coverage period onto the Customer for all products, parts and labor. All materials products and labor goods are new and covered as described by the OEM's standard warranty made available to purchasers of its products. Any repair, replacement or return will be in manufacturer Warranty Statementsaccordance with OEM warranty terms. See document: Warranty If requested, IDEAL will assist Customers with warranty returns. Additionally, IDEAL will help Customers identify gaps in warranty coverage and either provide upgraded warranty coverage options through the OEM or our vendor partner network of 3rd party maintenance providers. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject Usage restrictions will be based on the OEM's established warranty policy only. IDEAL has no other warranties that may adversely affect coverage related to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe manufacturer's stated warranty. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Expense of technicians will vary by manufacturer and will be stated in the manufacturer's established warranty repair policy. Most on-site warranty coverage will cover travel time and mileage while return to manufacturer/depot will not. If Customers require additional warranty coverage, IDEAL will either offer extended or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative upgraded warranty coverage provided by OEM, or through one of our 3rd party maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeor service providers. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available IDEAL has strategically aligned our vendor partner network of service providers to perform warranty provide full coverage throughout the entire United States US and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair We offer extended coverage in all areas throughout the US and Canada with our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicabledeep vendor partner network to include 3rd party maintenance and service providers. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Warranty coverage is normally made by the respective manufacturer; however, if the manufacturer does not provide a warranty or maintenance program to adequately address the needs of our clients, or for products that are out of the standard manufacturer's warranty, IDEAL offers extended, enhanced and customized warranty and maintenance services to better protect original product investment and to meet the needs of our client's mission critical environment. Enhanced warranty services extend or uplift standard manufacturer's warranties to ensure ongoing performance, minimize risk and reduce downtime. IDEAL will be passed on customize a warranty or maintenance service program to meet the original equipment manufacturerCustomer's response time requirements. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentIDEAL supports the OEM stated warranty policies related to exchange and returns; however, if the Customer requires additional or extended coverage, IDEAL can offer this through our extensive vendor partner network. The value for Additionally, IDEAL can offer custom programs to include a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning readily available spare parts pool (Customer site or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideIDEAL). * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts In addition to the various service contract options that may be offered by the manufacturer, IDEAL offers various extended or enhanced coverage options through our VPN of maintenance and service providers. This allows IDEAL to customize coverage based on the customer requirements and to ensure critical response times are available for purchasemet to minimize risk and reduce downtime. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardOptions may include: 1) Consolidated and master service contracts; 2) Extended warranty coverage periods; 3) Coverage outside of OEM coverage areas; 4) Expedited service and response times; and 5) On-site spare-parts programs. * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 53 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Our services organization is managed by our Professional Services Automation application, UNANET. This application is built with multiple integrated modules, including service desk, project and expense management, outsourcing, contract administration, time tracking, reporting, and business analytics -- all running off the same database and accessible from a single screen. The Service Desk module allows us to dispatch field technicians for field service break-fix, installation configuration, and upgrades; and gives us the capability to manage multiple queues, client service issues and sub-issues, priority, status, routing, ticket history, and resource allocation. All projects and services, including time, resources, and expenses, are tracked under a service ticket. IDEAL guarantees: 1) Services will be performed in accordance with the Services Contract or Statement of Work; 2) Services will be provided by qualified personnel; and 3) Deliverables will be met accordingly. * 54 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) IDEAL's policies for services are clearly stated in our Services Agreement to specifically include what services are to be performed, the period of performance, deliverables (if any), and responsible parties. Service Provider warrants that Services shall be performed in a competent and workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable commercial standards and are free from defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. Service Provider warrants that Services shall be performed in a competent and workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable commercial standards. Through our Services Delivery Model stated in Response 53, IDEAL's services manager monitors projects and service tickets to ensure milestones, deliverables and resolution are being met. Metrics may include on-time delivery of deliverables and milestones, number and type of support cases, and any known issues and outcomes. See document: Warranty Standard Transaction Document Samples folder documents. * 53 55 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms terms are Net 30. CashN30, Creditand acceptable payment methods include credit card, ACH, PayPal or Financing and Leasing availablewire transfer. * 54 56 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety IDEAL offers multiple leasing and financing options available by our large distribution channel to their reseller partners, such as TD Synnex, ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Micro, and Carahsoft. For example, TD SYNNEX, a Strategic Vendor Partner distributor, and 2nd largest IT distributor in North America, offers their resellers access to TD SYNNEX Capital, which is a government financing program and includes the following programs: - Capital and Operating Leases - 100% Software and Subscription Financing - Installment Payment Plans - Consumption-based Financing Carahsoft, offers financing programs to meet the unique needs of leasing programs are availabletheir partners to ensure that the process to acquire software and hardware technology meets their current budget. Carahsoft will continue to support IDEAL with credit lines, escrow terms, receivable financing, extended terms and surge lines of credit. Carahsoft is currently managing more than $200 million in finance and lease transactions. This includes standard leases as well as leases allows customers that need a flexible way to acquire the software and hardware they need now, while staying within their current budgetary constraints. Carahsoft finance programs include: - Lease to Ownership - Lease with different purchase options at the end of the term. Opportunity to Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates - Extended Payment Plans - Receivable Service Program See Financial Strength and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. Stability, Financial Info for more information * 55 57 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. For Customers, IDEAL will use our Standard Terms and Condition (“T&C”) of Sale which will be provided on the e-commerce site and include in each standard quotation. These T&C's may be adjusted to include Sourcewell contract specific language. Depending on the type of transaction, IDEAL also uses Master Services Agreements, Service Work Orders, Managed Service Agreement, and Statements of Work. Agreements may vary and sample agreements can be found in the Standard Transaction documents will vary Document Samples folder. * 58 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? IDEAL accepts P-card procurement and this fee is included in our standard pricing. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 59 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. IDEAL prides itself on offering our products, services and solutions at highly competitive prices. Our commitment to our strategic partners, including our ability to adhere to reseller commitments and agreements, and our investments in resources, training and certifications, demonstrates our commitment to these vendors which in turn provides us with top tier pricing. Our competitive capabilities are based on our experience, relationships, volume and low operating costs – factors that in totality may not be achievable by dealer locationmany other offerors. IDEAL has proposed pricing to Sourcewell Members that is significantly below (approximately 8-12%) our standard commercial price lists for products, but typically and 10% for services and is equivalent to our best government contract pricing to include GSA, NITAAC's CIO-CS and SP3 and other government contracts. Although pricing is competitive due to lower overhead costs and lower margin requirements than most publicly traded companies, IDEAL pricing is in accordance with the significant value we provide to our customers to include a signed sales highly secure, order and/or purchase order processing system, trained and dedicated support teams and complete vendor management. IDEAL's pricing model is acceptableas follows: - Products are discounted off list price based on product category. *- Product prices are the minimum discounts available. Discounts reflect a quantity 1 discount level. Higher discounts may be provided for large volume or quantity orders. - Because our product catalog includes up to approximately 7M items, and pricing changes frequently, we did not include a catalog with list price and discount; however, we did provide this information for services. * - Our services pricing model includes both labor hours and unit pricing for certain services. As pricing services can be dependent on multiple factors to include firm fixed price or time and materials requirements, size and scope of services or project, location and where services are performed (on-site or remote), services levels and etc., we have provided just a sampling of our service rates. Pricing Discounts for Category 1 are as follows... Accessories 7.00% Audio/Visual 6.00% Cables 12.00% Data Storage 5.00% Desktops 4.00% Electronics 7.00% Enterprise St 7.50% Memory H 8.00% Monitors/Dis 8.00% Networking 6.00% Point of Sale 5.50% Power Devic 5.50% Printers/Scan 5.00% Services 5.00% Software Rel 5.00% Workstations 5.50% Other 0.00% Pricing can be found in the respective Pricing folder files for Catalogs 1, 2 and 3.

Line Item Question Response. 46 47 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Due to the expanse of our product offerings, our warranties offer numerous product specific assurances for the products purchased by our customers. Typically, our warranties offer a common coverage against manufacturer defects and product performance up to 12 months. The warranties also cover parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementswithin the specified time of coverage. See document: Warranty * 47 48 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended The majority of the warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety the manufacturers listed in this bid provides industry standard coverage as part of terms and hoursour vetti ng process when working with vendor base. We work closely with each manufacturer to work through any warranty issues with our customers. * 48 49 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair Most of our warranties do not cover transportation cost or replacement must be made at mileage unless there is a gross malfunction or failure of the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsproduct purchased. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeIn these instances, we work with the customer directly to ensure MES can rectify the situation. * 49 50 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? MES does not have any regional technicians located in New Hampshire, Maine or Vermont. We also do not have technicians in Vancouver, Canada or other western provinces. If a customer has a need in these areas, we would offer a solution and the facilities additional cost needed for transportation and technicians available to perform warranty throughout other travel cost for the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops staff needed for training or on the job site when applicabletesting. * 50 51 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties MES will be passed on perform the warranty service as an authorized repair center unless the OEM has specified in the warranty to return the product or products to the original equipment manufacturerOEM's location for repair. * 51 52 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can Goods received damaged or defection will be discussed with a member repaired or replaced based on the guidelines and their local Vermeer representative. With terms of the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providewarranty. * 52 53 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available contract options for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardMES includes annual testing, baserepairs, and premium coverage options3M ▇▇▇▇▇ Safety repairs and service. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, including conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 54 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services MES offers best in class service and guarantee of all service work which is supported by a warranty of the service completed. * 55 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) MES tracks the number of service calls and the type of repair work completed to offer feedback and internal analyses of products and services. Metrics and KPI's not meeting our internal targets are reviewed with our vendors to address improvements. * 56 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are MES has standard payment terms of Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableWe also accept payment via credit card for payments under $10,000. * 54 57 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Yes. Leasing is available with Community Leasing Partners. For turnout gear, leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. is available through Gear Wash. * 55 58 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents MES will vary by dealer locationuse quotes, but typically purchase orders, and invoices as standard transactions in connection to these products if awarded a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablecontract. Examples are attached. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and As SeaWestern is a distributor/reseller, warranties fall under the manufacturers for the specific products as each will have different warranty terms. SeaWestern warranties all service labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsperformed to insure a high level of customer support. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Misuse restrictions would apply. However, SeaWestern advocates for its customers and works with its manufacturer partners on best outcomes. Please see manufacturer's warranties attached under: Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. Info (Zip Folder) * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard SeaWestern warranties the service work performed by our service technicians but does not provide product warranty repair or replacement must which falls under the manufacturer. Where stated by manufacturer's standard warranty travel time and mileage will be made at covered. However, this is a rare exception, and typically they are not covered, in such instances the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeservice issue will be handled case by case. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Based on our current manufacturer territory agreements, SeaWestern does not serve beyond Colorado in the facilities and technicians available central to eastern regions of United States nor any part of Canada. SeaWestern currently provides a certified technician to perform warranty throughout repairs to the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair territories / states we are authorized to sell in our dealer's shops or based on the job site when applicablemanufacturer. SeaWestern conducts in-person business with 11 western states, including Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. SeaWestern does not directly conduct business in Canada. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties As SeaWestern is an authorized service provider for 3M ▇▇▇▇▇ and Holmatro our certified technicians can carry out manufacturer warranty related service requests. For other products within this scope, SeaWestern will work with our partners to identify what warranties and service will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerthem as vendors / manufacturers. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeSeaWestern will except returns of new unused products with original packaging within 30 days of receipt. Customized items are nonreturnable. Exchanges are handled on a case-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideby-case basis. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available SeaWestern provides several service contract options for purchasethe products we offer. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardFor the purpose of this scope, base, and premium coverage optionswe can provide service plans for Holmatro Rescue Tools that vary from one (1) to five (5) years. See documentPlease see example service contract attached under: Warranty Dist & Serv Certs_Agreements_Catalogs_Manuals (Zip Folder) * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are SeaWestern has Net 30. Cash30 terms and payment can be remitted by check, CreditACH, or Financing credit card, and Leasing availablewire transfer. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety For leasing and financing options SeaWestern refers customers entities to: ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇. ▇▇▇▇ Vice President & Director of leasing programs are availableLeasing Community Leasing Partners ▇▇▇ ▇. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ Division of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. Community First National Bank – Member FDIC ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇ P: 888.777.7850 M: 785.313.3154 F: 888.777.7875 E: ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇@▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇ * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. SeaWestern utilizes Quotes, Sales Orders with Standard Terms & Conditions and Service Agreements in connection with an awarded contract. Please see examples attached under: Standard Transaction documents Documents (Zip Folder) * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? SeaWestern accepts credit cards and charges a 3% processing fee on orders over $2,500. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. SeaWestern will provide List/MSRP price sheets from the manufacturers and will provide a discount off of List/MSRP as the Sourcewell price. Please see list pricing and discount attached under: Pricing_ (Zip Folder). * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Pricing will vary depending on the vendor. See attachment titled "Sourcewell Discount Structure" for a breakdown of the discounts offered. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. SeaWestern provides our best pricing based on overall business and cost structures. Any additional volume discounts would be based on promotional pricing on a case-by-case basis. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. For customer entities requesting “open market” or “non- standard,” “sourced” products or related services not found on contract, a SeaWestern quote will be supplied upon request. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. When applicable SeaWestern provides product in-service training at no cost. For the acquisition of 3M ▇▇▇▇▇ products there are no additional charges. For the acquisition of other related products within this scope there may be additional setup fees which varies depending on the type of product and equipment to be connected and location of setup. The customer entity is responsible for delivery receipt of equipment its final placement, and any associated electrical supply & hook up necessary. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. Direct to customer dropship freight is included at no additional charge for 3M ▇▇▇▇▇ products. For all other products and equipment freight is quoted on a case-by- case basis dependent on location and customer requested accommodation. Approximate best method shipping costs are determined by dealer locationutilizing associated carrier freight calculators and are listed separately on associated quotes. * 63 Specifically describe freight, but typically shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. For 3M/▇▇▇▇▇ products freight is included at no additional charge to Alaska. We do not currently sell to Hawaii or Canada. For all other products and equipment freight is quoted on a signed sales order case-by- case basis to Alaska (remote locations). We do not currently sell to Hawaii or Canada. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. SeaWestern has four (4) brick and mortar locations across the western states, that include Kirkland, WA; Portland, OR; Las Vegas, NV; and Denver, CO; that carry varying degrees of inventory to help minimize turnaround time and associated costs. SeaWestern works with a number of national, regional and local carriers to facilitate the best low-cost option based on capacity and location service. As SeaWestern Sales reps frequent departments to provide a high level of service we are often able to hand deliver products to further mitigate costs to the customer. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 47 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. Jaypro warrants all its products against defects in workmanship and labor are covered material for our products. Length of warranty is dependent upon each product group or item from the date of shipment, unless otherwise noted. We reserve the right to repair, replace or refund, as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsappropriate, at no cost to the Customer. See document: Warranty * 47 48 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year Warranties do not allow for the alteration or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsmodification of the product. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursThese actions void any warranty unless otherwise authorized by Jaypro. * 48 49 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Our warranties, where warranted will cover the potential expense of technicians travel time and mileage to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in repairs. Jaypro works closely with installers and providers to ensure warranty issues are handled quickly with best practices to minimize cost and time for both manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeentity. * 49 50 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have There are no geographic regions where we cannot provide certified technician. Service for warranty is unique to the facilities and technicians available situation occurring. In the event the entity cannot resolve a warranty claim, Jaypro will use its resources to perform warranty throughout resolve the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableconcern. * 50 51 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will Jaypro works closely with it partners to ensure a timely experience is provided when addressing a warranty claim. Warranty service can be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerhandled by Jaypro, its partners or both. * 51 52 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins Jaypro will accept the authorized return of all standard products for new equipmentany reason within 30 days of ship. The value for a specific piece Items must be in original packaging. Special order/Customer color items are not returnable. Conditions outside of the stated parameters can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With Jaypro representative to find the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need appropriate solution for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providereturn. * 52 53 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty NA * 53 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms terms and accepted payment methods are as follows: - Approved accounts are required to submit a Purchase order and will be billed Net 3045 from the invoice date - Credit cards/Debit cards are accepted through American Express, Discover, MasterCard and Visa. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. - ACH payments are accepted - Mailed Checks * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Jaypro Sports does not offer any leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase or financing options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined to educational or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationgovernmental entities. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction See uploaded documents * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes. Jaypro accepts P-card payment processes. There is no additional fee if the payment is received up front at the time of order. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Our pricing model is based on a line item discount from MSRP/List price. This applies to all categories for aftermarket. Our price list will vary by dealer locationshow the sku, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableproduct/style name, list price, discount off of the list price and member price per unit. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All The ACG Warranty covers the original purchaser of the Trailer that the Manufacturer shall repair any defects relating to materials or workmanship and labor attributable to the Manufacturer. Also, many of our components carry a separate warranty their respective manufacturer. The most common example is axles and tires, but their are covered other components as described well and depends on how the trailer was configurated and what optional items may have been added. A sample of our warranty (via our Owners Manual) is included in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthis RFQ uploaded documents. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Yes, there are exclusions and they are detailed in our Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hoursProgram found in our Owner's Manual. Some restrictions include misuse/misapplication, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety lack of terms routine maintenance, environmental/road hazards, and hoursacts of God. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty We do not use technicians but use our dealer network and our manufacturing plant for repairs which does NOT cover travel time or mileage. On rare occasions, we may send repair or replacement must be made personnel to an end-users location, but that is usually a last resort and at the dealer location as described sole discretion of ACG. The purchaser does have certain obligations and those obligations are also detailed in manufacturer the Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeProgram found in the Owner's Manual. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have If an authorized ACG dealer is not in the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout area of a Sourcewell member, a 3rd party repair facility may be utilized or repairs may be made at an ACG manufacturing facility. These exceptions are at the entire United States and Canadasole discretion of ACG. Sourcewell entities will be provided Our Warranty Department would facilitate the logistics of finding a suitable service/warranty repair facility in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableevent of a warrantable repair. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on No, we only warranty materials and workmanship attributable to ACG. As noted above, 3rd party components are covered separately, not by ACG. However, our warranty department routinely work with end users to facilitate the original equipment manufacturerwarranty process with the 3rd party supplier. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability We do not exchange or return, our sole obligation is to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate repair any defects in their local area, the need for simply returning materials or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideworkmanship made by ACG as explained in our Warranty Program. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty N/A * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Creditcheck, or Financing and Leasing availableACH, credit card (processing fees may be imposed for credit card sales) Payment terms may vary by dealer. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Financing is available through Sheffield Financial and Synchrony Financial. Some restrictions may apply. Individual dealers may offer other financing options. No leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents A professional quote will be provided detailing the standard features, optional items, and package upgrades. The total trailer selling price will be clearly stated showing the Sourcewell discounted pricing. Depending on which channel we use, there will most likely will be some kind of freight/delivery charge. If the order is complex and requires a CAD print, the member will need to approve and sign-off on the print. Once the order is entered into ACG's system, an order acknowledgement will be provided. Lastly, dealer will provide a paid invoice (format will vary by dealer dealer) including any state sales documents. (forms vary by state) The final document packet will include a Manufacturers Certificate Origin and any required documents for the Sourcewell member to properly register their trailer in their respective state. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Possible, we would need more information. Not familiar with this payment option. Most dealers can accept major credit cards. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Pricing represents a 12% discount off MSRP of the Total Trailer Selling Price. "Total Trailer Selling Price" includes base model price, any requested upgrades including custom options and packages. Pricing will vary by manufacturing facility (we have regional pricing), but regardless of manufacturing location, but typically Sourcewell members will get the 12% discount off MSRP for that specific region. -Total Trailer Selling Price does NOT include freight (FOB factory) and applicable taxes. Freight is a signed separate charge. Tax is based on state of trailer registration and may or may not be collected at the time of sale as dictated by state law. Any Sourcewell member claiming a sales order tax exceptions will need to provide proper documentation. See attached spreadsheet for Model Price details by region. Included in this proposal (see uploaded documents) is a comprehensive model pricing list showing MSRP and Sourcewell member's 12% discount off MSRP. ACG offers a wide range of options and packages. An itemized pricing list of options and packages is also included. Any option and/or package is considered part of the Total Trailer Selling Price and will receive the 12% discount off MSRP. Models/Options/Packages availability vary by manufacturing facility. Option/Package availability vary by model. (Not all Options/Packages are available on all models.) * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Percentage discount off MSRP: 12% discount from MSRP * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. Additional 2% off total MSRP (14% total) for volume orders over $150,000 or 20 trailers. All trailers must be from a single Sourcewell member and all trailers ordered at the same time. Larger volume commitments will receive special consideration with potentially greater discounts. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. American Cargo Group will NOT offer "Sourced" product/services. We have an extensive list of custom options and package upgrades that will meet the vast majority of your members trailering needs. ACG will only offer those options/packages. However, some of our dealers offer aftermarket upfitting. The price for "sourced" options will be negotiated between the selling dealer and the Sourcewell member. American Cargo Group will only facilitate the process by referring the Sourcewell member to an appropriate dealer that offer sourced products/services. Sourced services may or may not include a discount and any discount is at the sole discretion of the selling dealer. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase order that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. There may be a Administration Fee not to exceed $150 which includes a temporary License Plate/Tag and standard UPS delivery of trailer sales paperwork (Example Manufacturers Certificate of Origin, Invoice, Tax forms, etc.) This cost will be imposed by the selling dealer. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is acceptablean additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. All listed trailer pricing does NOT include freight/shipping charges. Delivery/Shipping is an additional charge. All pricing is FOB manufacturing facility. In almost all cases, there will be some sort of additional freight/delivery charge. ACG does not have a set freight program. Instead, ACG works with a number of independent freight/shipping companies. Freight/shipping charges can vary widely based on cost of fuel, distance and shipping method (i.e., single pull vs. on a load). ACG and/or dealer will arrange delivery to whatever location the Sourcewell Member requires. This may include a nearby dealer or In some cases the trailer can be shipped directly to their business location. The only manufacturing facility that allows customer pickup is the ▇▇▇▇▇ Cargo Elkhart facility and in such cases must be sold through our UltraLav Mobile Restroom division (i.e., direct sale.) NO customer pickups are allowed at our other ACG facilities. Freight/Shipping will be clearly indicated as a separate line item in any quote/invoice. The Sourcewell member discount does NOT apply to shipping/freight charges. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. ACG currently ships to Alaska, Hawaii, and Canada and foresee no issues arranging shipping/freight to those locations. Regarding offshore delivery, ACG will arrange delivery of the trailer to the appropriate shipping dock. Sourcewell member will be responsible for arranging container and overseas shipping arrangements. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. Each of our manufacturing locations has a dedicated Shipping Coordinator. Each Shipping Coordinator has an extensive list of independent Freight Service Companies at their disposal. Trailer delivery can be via “load” (more than one trailer) normally on a wedge style trailer or as a “single pull” normally necessary for larger trailers. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS Warranties cover all parts and labor labor. * 43 Describe any performance or service standards or guarantees that apply to your solutions (policies, metrics, KPIs, response times, up-time guarantees, etc.). Key Performance Indicators – We track our performance and have key performance indicators (KPI's) in place to catch and fix issues before they arise. Control towers in each of our locations visually track and improve performance, while guaranteeing successful installation and service. Site History – We keep a comprehensive record of installations and service performed at your locations to give us the information we need to continually serve you better. Guarantees are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. applies to service plans (See document: Warranty price book services) (See Attached ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Standard) * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS warrants that the equipment will be free from defects in workmanship for one year from the date the system is placed into operation. If during this warranty period, any of the equipment or parts are defective or malfunction, they will be repaired or replaced free of charge. Warranty repair is subject to one full year done 8 am-4 pm Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. This warranty will not apply if the damage or 1,000 hoursmalfunction occurs because the system has been adjusted, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursadded to, altered, abused, misused, or tampered with by the Customer. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard For local warranties, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS cover the expense of the technicians travel time and mileage to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described repairs. On projects performed by our Corrections / ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Access Technologies teams. Terms for warranties, travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs is included in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeproposals. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS is a national provider with national coverage. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableAll projects are supported by a warranty. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties This is will be passed considered on to the original equipment manufacturera case by case basis. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try 90 Day on box sale items and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideManufactures Return Authorization (RMA) required. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ provides service and maintenance * 50 What are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. 30 * 54 Describe any 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options available for that schools and governmental entities may need to use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of in order to make certain acquisitions? Yes, leasing programs options are available. This includes standard leases ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS manages and offers our SecurityPlus lease product as well and third party leasing by request. * 52 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as leases described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. Orders are entered into our processing system and marked with different purchase options at a dedicated identifier to if they are utilizing the end Sourcewell contract. Based on that identifier field we can pull information on all sold orders associated with the specific contract. All orders will be processed through ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Convergent Security Solutions, Inc. * 53 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? YES, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS accepts the P-Card procurement and payment process. NO, there are no additional costs to Sourcewell for using the process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 54 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents items that you propose want Sourcewell to use consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents This agreement will apply to all Stanley Electronic Security North American (ESNA) branches across the United States. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Security is a committed partner to providing solutions that are clear in value, simple to understand, and easy to use. Our pricing approach reflects these principles. Labor Rates: The following labor rates apply for all installation work in the contiguous United States per the attached schedule. These prices represent a 5% discount off our prevailing National Account labor rates. Labor Rates are reviewed annually for adjustment. Equipment and Controls: For standard equipment and controls, our approach is a to use a markup of 39% over our cost. Custom solutions are individually configured, so pricing may vary. For miscellaneous third-party parts, subcontracts, and job services, our approach is to markup over our cost as verified by third part invoice to ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇. Markup's may vary depending upon job conditions but will generally be in the 50% - 55% range. Services: For standard service offerings, our approach is to discount off our US List Price. Discounts may vary by dealer locationthe type of service performed but will generally be in the 10%-20% range. General Notes: 1. All labor rates are based upon standard hours. 2. Overtime rates (afterhours, but typically Saturday, Sunday): 1.5 x Standard Labor Rates 3. Overtime rates (holidays) 2 x Standard Labor Rates 4. Per diem rates: Based upon location and type of work/services to be provided. 5. There is a signed minimum charge of 4 hours for all overtime work. 6. Labor rates may be updated annually at ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇'▇ discretion. (SEE ATTACHED "Sourcewell Member Price book (▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Convergent Security Solutions) * 55 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. The list prices represents approximately 5-30% discount from our commercial sales order price. * 56 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS will consider discounts based on individual project. * 57 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS shall provide quote/estimate for products and services that considered "open market" and that are not included in proposed Sourcewell pricing. * 58 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS extends a complete turnkey price to all Sourcewell members, this shall include all costs associated with a project or box sale. * 59 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. when applicable, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS includes shipping cost in price. * 60 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS utilizes domestic shipping partners when delivery of products are necessary to ship to Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, Puerto Rico, Guam and other U.S. territories. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ also uses local partners to act as hubs when/if coverage is spotted. * 61 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ CSS uses its network of national branches as "HUBS" and when available Sourcewell members will have the ability to pick- up products or when flexible and when available, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ representative or local technicians can deliver products directly. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Warranties are offered and labor honoured by the manufacturer of each product. Depending on the product parts and labour or parts only are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsoffered. See document: Warranty On many items if installed by BE's factory installer additional warranty coverage is offered at no cost to the customer. BE can assist with facilitating warranty service call if requested. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. No * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at Warranties are offered and honoured by the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsof each product. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeMany will cover all expenses. Distance restrictions may apply. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have No, there may be premiums or additional travel charges for remote locations. Entities can contact BE and provide model, serial number and description of issues and we can facilitate a service call or they can reach out the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablemanufacturer directly. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed are offered and honoured by the manufacturer of each product. Depending on the product parts and labour or parts only are offered. On many items if installed by BE's factory installer additional warranty coverage is offered at no cost to the original equipment manufacturercustomer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins If there is an error in the part of BE or any of its suppliers then all costs will be covered by BE. If the error is by the participating entity, then freight charges for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member return and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providerestocking fees may apply. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available BE can offer Preventative Maintenance Programs (PMP) for purchasenew equipment or existing equipment that has been assessed (inspection fee will apply) and deemed in a condition to offer a service contract. It Ware washing and refrigeration is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsthe most common equipment to have PMP but any equipment can be covered under a program if requested. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Check, Direct Deposit, E Transfer are Net 30preferred; all major credit cards are also accepted. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use Service charges may apply depending on the value of payment made by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablecredit card. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials For the applicable warranty period, ▇▇▇▇▇ warranties its products against any defects in material and workmanship including any parts or labor are covered necessary to remedy the warranty claim. Please see standard warranty policy for Canada and the USA in supporting documents along with our certificates: Full machine standard warranty is provided - 1 year or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, as described outlined in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe standard warranty document. See document: Warranty (These warranties cover parts and labor) Engine -two years or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. N/A * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard ▇▇▇▇▇ warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some providies travel time, up to four -hours round trip, if in the opinion of the VENDOR, the product cannot reasonably be transported to business of a ▇▇▇▇▇ authorized Service Center or other source approved by ▇▇▇▇▇ (travel labor in excess of four- hours round trip, any meals, mileage, lodging, etc. are the owner's responsibility) * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableNo. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on We coordinate all warranty claims through our local dealer network. The dealer's professional service department have all the necessary relationships to coordinate any and all warranty claims for the original equipment manufacturercomponent manufacturers involved in the construction of the ▇▇▇▇▇ product, and this, in conjunction with ▇▇▇▇▇. This ensures a simple, single-point-of-contact for all services after the sale. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇ Reman remanufactures an extensive line of components ranging from transmission, gear box, planetary and complete engines. These products are competitively priced and offer "Same as New" warranty. ▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins ▇▇▇▇▇'s quality remanufacturing process requires that all cores be completely disassembled, thoroughly cleaned, and inspected for damage to ensure they meet or exceed our rigid reusability guidelines. All wear items are replaced with new equipmentparts. The value for a specific piece can be discussed Once the remanufacturing process has been completed, all units are fully tested to ensure they meet industry standards and to provide the customer with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideunequalled performance. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseOur dealer network offers preventive maintenance programs.They also offer a variety of preventive maintenance programs and tool tailored to each department need. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty (Examples provided in the supporting documents) * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30Standard payment terms for ▇▇▇▇▇ product is payment NET 30 Days. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableOn occasion our dealers will make special term arrangement with their customers. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Leasing solutions are offered through our dealer. Also, we have DLL who offers wide range of leasing programs are availableproducts and services includes loans and lease products. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the termExamples provided in supporting document. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. (Pricing upload) * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents All documentation is internal between ▇▇▇▇▇ and the dealerships. However, the dealers have been trained on how to properly invoice a Sourcewell transaction to clearly show the Sourcewell contract number, as well as the Sourcewell discount, on their final invoice to the end customer. We have provided samples of our pricing and order form. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Because ▇▇▇▇▇ Dealers will vary by be receiving payments directly from members, accepting P-card procurement will be at their discretion. Many dealers do accept this method without additional fees. Some have limitations on the amount that can be processed. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. All pricing is communicated to the market throught our ▇▇▇▇▇ Pricing & Order form. How it works:. Once the representative opens a price list, he has access to the first tab which explains how to fill up the order. The second tab explains what is Sourcewell and how his customers can use it and take advantage of the program. In a ▇▇▇▇▇ product tab (one tab per model), he selects wether the customer participates in the Sourcewell program or no. If he selects Yes, the Sourcewell discount rate will appear at the bottom of the price list. The representative then enters the quantity of units ordered (of the same model). The Sourcewell discounted price will appear in the Extended column of each element. The Sourcewell discount rate will adjust according to the conditions mentioned in the first paragraph of this response. At the bottom of the grid, the dealer location, but typically sees the total Sourcewell discount amount and the total customer price including the Sourcewell discount. We think we have made it very clear for the dealer to use our price lists and to communicate the benefits of using Sourcewell to a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableprospect or customer. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Our warranty covers, (but is not limited to), Towmaster manufactured components such as the trailer frame and labor cross-members. Towmaster also works with our axle, suspension, and paint suppliers to ensure all OEM warranty claims are covered as described taken care of. A copy of our full warranty is included in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe document submission section. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty Towmaster's warranty information including limitations and restrictions is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described outlined in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe warranty documents provided in our response. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursTowmaster's warranty does vary by trailer category. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would coverage does include some travel time. Mileage is not included. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities Towmaster has authorized dealers repair coverage and technicians available to perform warranty independent repair facility coverage throughout the entire Continental United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed Towmaster provides the member with a single point of contact for the processing all warranty claims. The warranties are all based on to the original equipment manufacturermanufacturer of the specific equipment. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the Our obligation under our warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability is to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local arearepair or replace, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable at no cost to the type end user, any warrantable part proven defective within the time limit of equipment we provideour warranty at our factory or at an Authorized Towmaster Dealer. Trailers are not eligible for return or exchange. Part returns or exchanges are accepted. A copy of our full warranty is included in the document submission section. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseTowmaster does not offer any service contracts. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsAny service contract options would be offered independently through an authorized dealers within our dealer network. See document: Warranty Members would need to contact their local dealer to make an inquiry. * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms is made directly to the authorized Towmaster dealer where the trailer was purchased. Our terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available30 days. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing Typically, payment is made directly to the authorized Towmaster dealer where the trailer was purchased. Financing availability and programs are availablevary by dealer. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values For example, a Trailer can be used financed through Caterpillar Construction dealers by a program called CAT Financial. Through our Parent Company, ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, Towmaster has access to tailor monthly payments financing and leasing options for customers from Alliance Funding Group. The Alliance Funding Group program is for transactions from $300,000 dollars to $25 million dollars. Flexible repayment terms range from 24 to 96 months on loans and leases, and smaller loans from $5,000 dollars to $250,000 with repayment terms of 3 to 18 months. Towmaster is also exploring NCL Government Capital as a member’s budgetsolution for financing. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on Specifically, we are interested in their applicationequipment financing programs. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. The Member or potential Member can contact Towmaster directly for all questions pertain to the contract. Towmaster will provide the necessary quoting to the member. The member will develop a Purchase Order made directly to the authorized Towmaster dealer. The dealer will provide Towmaster with a copy of the Members Purchase Order. Towmaster will ship the trailer directly to the dealer. The dealer will perform a pre-delivery inspection. The dealer will deliver to the Member location or the Member can decide to pick up their trailer at the dealership. The dealer will invoice the Member. Towmaster will use company software system to generate the required reporting for sales to Sourcewell. In addition, we will use the actual Member Purchase Order as a "check" system to ensure 100% accuracy with the reporting. A Standard Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically Document in the form of a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableSourcewell quote can be found in our attached documents. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 43 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. Our warranties cover all products, parts, and labor are for material defects and factory workmanship for 1 year from the time of product shipment. Installed products for new construction products provide a 1 year warranty from the time of the project's substantial completion date. For most products with warranties beyond 1 year, material defect is covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsfor the remainder of the warranty period. See document: Warranty * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty Our warranties cover many different products. Every product has a warranty restriction for unintended use of the product or damages resulting from vandalism or acts of God. Also, there can be instances in which a warranty is subject denied based on items that were incorrectly installed by a third party (especially unauthorized 3rd parties). We evaluate each warranty claim and do everything possible to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursplease the end user. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location Our warranties do not cover back charge expenses of mileage and/or travel time for repairs performed by a third party. We actively evaluate our network's service and installation staffing to ensure accessible, qualified technician coverage availability as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timebest as possible. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities Members in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty Our network provides regional technical repair/warranty/service coverage throughout the entire United States (including locally deployed service in Hawaii) and most major areas of population in Canada, for most technical products. Sourcewell entities will In Alaska and parts of Canada, there can be provided servicea longer lead time for setting up a service visit, depending on the scheduling, weather, and availability of the dealer's subcontractors or field crews. Select specialty items or obscure instances related to product or territory may require the deployment of our internal field service team. In rare and extreme cases, such as basic repairs/modifications being required on products in far lands (i.e. eastern countries), our internal field service team has been able to provide phone, web, or video-based instructional guidance to a technical representative (electrician, mechanic, installation professional, etc.) to make appropriate product corrections. Guided testing procedures are then typically instructed by our team and a warranty repair sign-off is provided by our company in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablethose instances. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be Some products in our proposal made by other manufacturers are covered under our own warranties. A few select, installed product warranties are ultimately passed on through to the original equipment manufacturer. However, in these instances the repair or modification is typically performed by an authorized third party and associated costs are managed by our company. Our #1 goal is always to make sure the customer's issue is resolved first and foremost. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? All returns must be authorized. All product returns must be accompanied by a “Return Merchandise Authorization” (RMA) number. An RMA number may be received by calling our toll-free phone number before returning any products. Customr is to write the RMA number on product packaging and shipping paperwork. Return to: ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins ▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇. A return must be received within 30 days of RMA issue date. Items returned without defect, in new condition, will be refunded minus shipping costs and a 20% restocking fee. Full credit, including freight if applicable, will be issued for new equipmentdefective or warranty returns. The value Custom manufactured products may not be returned for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providecredit. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Our company does not currently offer direct service contracts to our customer base for any of the items in our portfolio. * 50 What are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Customers may submit purchase orders directly to our company through our customer service department or through their local dealer/distributor in our network. For public agencies, we provide net 30 day payment methodsterms. Payment Terms are Net 30Large ticket purchases may require a credit application to be completed. CashIn most cases, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableour dealers will also provide net 30 day terms. * 54 Describe any 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options available for use by educational or that schools and governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose entities may need to use in connection order to make certain acquisitions? Our company does not currently promote leasing programs or directly provide specific financing options to schools and governmental agencies, although we are familiar with an awarded contract and have seen a handful of our customers (order forms, terms i.e. parks and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (recreations agencies) make purchases with financing through entities such as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableNational Cooperative Leasing that can provide municipal financing to public agencies. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Fortinet has a ▇▇▇▇ that includes our warranty terms; since Fortinet does not sell its products and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsservices directly any additional warranties would be negotiated by the customer with the resellers. See documentFortinet's ▇▇▇▇ can be accessed on its website at: Warranty ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/content/dam/fortinet/assets/legal/▇▇▇▇.pdf * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty StatementsFortinet has a ▇▇▇▇ that includes our warranty terms; since Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly any additional warranties would be negotiated by the customer with the resellers. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. Fortinet's ▇▇▇▇ can be accessed on its website at: ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/content/dam/fortinet/assets/legal/▇▇▇▇.pdf * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Fortinet has a ▇▇▇▇ that includes our warranty repair or replacement must terms; since Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly any additional warranty expenses would be made at negotiated by the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementscustomer with the resellers. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. Fortinet's ▇▇▇▇ can be accessed on its website at: ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/content/dam/fortinet/assets/legal/▇▇▇▇.pdf * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Fortinet has a ▇▇▇▇ that includes our warranty terms; since Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly any additional warranty requirements would be negotiated by the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout customer with the entire United States and Canadaresellers. Sourcewell entities will Fortinet's ▇▇▇▇ can be provided serviceaccessed on its website at: ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/content/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. dam/fortinet/assets/legal/▇▇▇▇.pdf * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerN/A-not applicable. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly, instead Fortinet utilizes an established distribution channel and the resellers within the channel for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member this contract establish their own exchange and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providereturn processes. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseFortinet offers enhanced service level agreements (SLA) and enterprise support agreements (ESAs). It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard* Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See documentYou may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 53 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Fortinet partners with US-based distributors and resellers across the country to sells its products and services. The Fortinet authorized resellers under an awarded contract will handle all orders under their own ordering process, however, all Fortinet partners have signed a FortiPartner Agreement. Under this agreement partner responsibilities, including warranty, delivery, returns, etc., are outlined and this agreement includes remedies should a partner fail to comply. Remedial action includes the cost of a new contract, the cost of warranty extension, and/or termination of its partner status. This method ensures that reseller processes regarding Fortinet products is held to the highest standards for our customers. The FortiPartner Agreement can be viewed here: Warranty ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/templates/terms/Agreement_2_26_19.html * 53 54 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Fortinet partners with US-based distributors and resellers across the country to sells its products and services. The Fortinet authorized resellers under an awarded contract will handle all orders under their own ordering process, however, all Fortinet partners have signed a FortiPartner Agreement. Under this agreement partner responsibilities, including warranty, delivery, returns, etc., are outlined and this agreement includes remedies should a partner fail to comply. Remedial action includes the cost of a new contract, the cost of warranty extension, and/or termination of its partner status. This method ensures that reseller processes regarding Fortinet products is held to the highest standards for our customers. The FortiPartner Agreement can be viewed here: ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/templates/terms/Agreement_2_26_19.html * 55 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. CashFortinet does not sell its products and services directly, Credit, or Financing instead Fortinet utilizes an established distribution channel and Leasing availablethe resellers within the channel establish their own payment process. * 54 56 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly, instead Fortinet utilizes an established distribution channel and the resellers within the channel establish their own processes, that may or may not include leasing programs are availableor financing. This includes standard leases as well as leases Customers would need to work with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used resellers to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationestablish if this is possible. * 55 57 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly, instead Fortinet utilizes an established distribution channel and the resellers within the channel establish their own transaction documents. * 58 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Fortinet does not sell its products and services directly, instead Fortinet utilizes an established distribution channel and the resellers within the channel establish their own payment process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 59 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Fortinet is offering a discount structure off of our Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price (MSRP) list. Our MSRP list is updated quarterly and the discounts proposed for the Sourcewell contract are the baseline discount a reseller can offer under this contract and these baseline discounts will vary remain the same over the life of the contract, and Sourcewell customers can negotiate deeper discounts on a project by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableproject basis with resellers at any time. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, the JCB warranty covers all products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementslabor. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? The JCB Standard Full Warranty is subject allows unlimited hours in its first year, and up to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described 2000 (total) hours in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe 2nd year. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. Yes – up to 50 miles * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. No * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties They will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member JCB does not have an exchange and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providereturn program. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseWe provide our customers with a peace of mind with our standard 2-year warranty. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardAdditionally, base, our dealer network can offer service and premium coverage optionspreventative maintenance agreements to our customers on an as-needed basis. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 3030 days. Cash, Credit, or Financing Check and Leasing available. ACH payment accepted * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing Tax-exempt Municipal lease programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. available * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by As an existing contract holder for many years now, JCB has a sales force that is very familiar with the Sourcewell program and processes. We have established a Sourcewell Sales Guide that is distributed to the dealer locationnetwork and provides information on the program, but typically a signed pricing structure, and terms. We have also simplified the sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablereporting process (pin #'s issued for discount/tracking) to ensure we are capturing all sales through the program. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Nuvve offers a one (1) year warranty on the Level 2 AC charging station. The Warranty covers both parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsnecessary. See document: Warranty It does not include any on-site labor costs related to un-installing or re-installing the repaired or replacement charging station. The DCFC includes a standard 2 year warranty on products, parts and labor. Nuvve's Turnkey financed offer includes up to a 12 year product, parts, labor warranty. * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty StatementsNo. Extended warranties Nuvve has warranty terms that are standard for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe EV charging industry. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? Nuvve's Turnkey financed solution for the DCFC-V2G station will cover the technician travel and mileage under warranty repairs. Our Level 2 does not include technician travel/mileage under the warranty. The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at DCFC-V2G under a direct purchase will not cover technician travel time under the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementswarranty. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are A standard price schedule for field services is available that would include some travel timeupon request. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities Nuvve has a dedicated team of technicians who are able to provide remote warranty repairs or if needed, perform in person. There are no limitations to geographic regions for technician support. The customer will need to contact Nuvve for warranty support in order to establish a help ticket report and technicians available schedule a time for a technician to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or come on the job site when applicablesite. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Nuvve will cover all warranty items for its Level 2 AC charger as we are the manufacturer. The DCFC and service items needed under the warranty would be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeFor our standard Level 2-ins AC charging station, Nuvve offers a one (1) year parts exchange warranty. If during the Warranty the charging station becomes defective in breach of the warranty, Nuvve will either repair or replace at Nuvve's selection the charging station at no cost to the customer. Nuvve will ship the repaired or replaced charging station at no cost to the customer. Our Turnkey offer for new equipmentthe DCFC-V2G under a separate signed agreement between Nuvve and the customer will demonstrate that Nuvve will exchange or replace the EVSE at no cost for the term of the agreement. For customers doing a direct purchase of the DCFC-V2G station, exchange and returns will be handled by the original equipment manufacturer. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and manufacturer at their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areadiscretion will either repair, the need for simply returning replace or exchanging a product is not generally applicable issue credit to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablecustomer. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 43 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Spacesaver has an emphasis on customer satisfaction and labor are covered as described in manufacturer continuous improvement. The statement of warranty is our continued commitment that Spacesaver is dedicated to serving our customers. Please reference our attached Statement of Warranty Statements– for full coverage by product. See document: Warranty * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is The warranty does not apply to any product which has been subject to one misuse, negligence, or accident; has been damaged in shipment, storage, or installation; has been misapplied, has been modified or repaired by unauthorized persons or has been repaired with non-standard Spacesaver replacement parts. Please reference our attached Statement of Warranty for full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursdetails. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made Yes, Labor is included at no cost during the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timefirst year. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities Members in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Spacesaver and our Authorized Dealer Network are authorized to sell and provide services in all 50 states, the facilities District of Columbia, Canada and technicians available more. Spacesaver is not limited to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableany geographical area. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Spacesaver is the manufacturer and all products included in our proposal will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablecovered. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Our products carry an industry-leading warranty package that includes: Structure, Parts and labor are covered as described Labor. This is supported by our vast network (over 750) of dealers and service providers across U.S. and Canada. In addition, we have fully staffed Technical Support, Warranty and Parts teams in manufacturer Warranty StatementsCalifornia and Alabama available 8am through 7:30pm EST. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty StatementsBendPak does not impose usage restrictions for our warranties. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor Our products are available for a variety of terms and hourscovered by an industry-leading warranty package. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Our industry-leading warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties package includes some components covering labor expenses and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities cover all of United States and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire Canada via our fully staffed Technical Support, Warranty and Parts departments in California and Alabama. As well as via our vast network of dealers and service providers across United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to We cover warranty service for all the original equipment manufacturerproducts included in our proposal. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentWe have policies that included exchange and return provisions. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideSee attached. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchasecan be custom-tailored to fit the needs of our customers and will be fulfilled via our vast network of dealers and service providers (over 750) across the United States and Canada. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are BendPak has the option to provide Net 30. Cash30 terms, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableon top of partnering with other 3rd party financial institutes to ensure our customers have a wide array of options for funding their equipment. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases We've partnered with different purchase options at the end some of the termbest financial institutes that provide a wide array of financing options for our customers. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used Open to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationother 3rd party financing options. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents We leverage detailed Quote forms, Order forms with terms and conditions for transactions. Samples uploaded * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? We accept P-card procurement and there are no additional costs to Sourcewell entities. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. BendPak is a Manufacturer of Vehicle lifts and Automotive Service Equipment supplies: The Pricing Model is discounted off the MRP with Free Shipping: What this means is - Sourcewell customers will vary get better pricing/cost directly through BendPak vs. buying via any other Sourcewell Vendor. We will offer a competitive nationwide not to-exceed price that serves as a contracted maximum price paid by dealer locationall Sourcewell members. Pricing Spreadsheet Attached. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, but typically if the pricing in your response represents a signed sales percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. BendPak proposed discount percentages range up to 50% off list/Retail/MRP depending on the product and brand. Pricing is attached in document uploads. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. We offer different levels of volume discounts to increase savings over the already heavily discounted Sourcewell pricing: 5-10 units, 11-19 units, 20-50 units, 51-100, and 100+. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. BendPak doesn't source any products. We are the manufacturer of all of our products, giving us the advantage of providing deeper discounts. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Shipping Accessorial Charges: Liftgate, Residential Charges, Forklift delivery. Installation Charges are separate from Product purchase. We have over 750 service centers across the US and Canada that can offer Installation and costs. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. All pricing includes free shipping continental U.S. Except with additional accessorial delivery charges such as liftgate and forklift delivery. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Alaska, Hawaii, and Canada will need to have additional freight charges applied. Each order will require a quote depending weight, class, dimensions, zip code. We have LTL Carriers that can service all areas of the country. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. We ship from 2 locations: Santa Paula, CA and Mobile, AL to improve shipping transit time. Customer needs to have a way to OFFLOAD Vehicle lifts, or one can be provided at an additional cost. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all aII products, parts, and laborIabor? All materials EV Connect does offer various warranties covering products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty StatementsIabor through our seIected EVSE manufacturers. See document: Warranty * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations Iimitations that adversely adverseIy affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursNo. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel ' traveI time and mileage miIeage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Labor warranties through our seIected EVSE manufacturers do cover traveI time and miIeage to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepairs. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicableappIicabIe) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell wiII SourceweII participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have a nationwide agreement with IBEW, as weII as additionaI channeI partners aIIowing us to access any geographic region in the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States US and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/This aIIows EV Connect to provide a certified technician for warranty repair repairs at any Iocation in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableUS and Canada. * 50 Will 46 WiII you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposalproposaI, or are these warranties issues typically typicaIIy passed on to the original originaI equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be Warranty issues are typicaIIy passed on to the original originaI equipment manufacturer. EV Connect maintains strong communication with our seIected EVSE manufacturers to ensure effective cooperation & efficiency in regard to warranties and necessary repairs. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policiespoIicies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeWarranty and exchange poIicies vary by hardware manufacturer. Hardware vendors incIuded in this submission incIude a mixture of parts-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member onIy, Iabor, and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideexchange warranties. * 52 48 Describe any service contract options for the items included incIuded in your proposalproposaI. Labor and parts-onIy warranty options vary by hardware manufacturer. Service contracts are available for purchaseWe've provided pricing on preventative maintenance pIans. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard* Describe in detaiI your performance standards or guarantees, baseincIuding conditions and requirements to quaIify, cIaims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoveraII structure. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe You may upIoad representative sampIes of your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract performance materiaIs (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicableif appIicabIe) in the document upload upIoad section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions beIow. Transaction documents will vary 49 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that appIy to your services (network uptime, power management, charging capabiIities, etc.) We currentIy have a highIy innovative product roadmap initiative focused on advanced station performance (Project Overwatch), whereby our next generation NOC wiII aIIow for fuII visibiIity on a station's historicaI and reaI-time heaIth, incIuding metrics around uptime, heartbeats, ceIIuIar connectivity, fauIt codes, and number of tickets. It aIso has automated aIerts and deep-Iinking to OCPP Iogs for faster detection and triage. Other roadmap initiatives incIude EVSE manufacturer integration via a dedicated Manufacturer PortaI, enhanced Smart Charging, and other initiatives which wiII continue to maintain EV Connect as the Ieading management pIatform for the EV ecosystem. Our cIoud based pIatform is hosted via Amazon Web Services on redundant servers which provide an uptime of 99.9%. * 50 Describe any service standards or guarantees that appIy to your services (poIicies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) EV Connect's open standards-based management pIatform monitors and reports on key operationaI activities, metrics, and indicators, thereby providing network, host, driver, and utiIity services on a common pIatform. In addition to significantIy increasing uptime performance, maximizing user satisfaction and Iowering time-to- repair, it minimizes the risk of stranded charge station assets which can resuIt from the depIoyment of a cIosed (proprietary) management pIatform, whiIe aIso providing increased future feature fIexibiIity and choice. We send a “heartbeat” signaI every 5 minutes to the station to confirm communication connection, and our cIoud based pIatform is hosted via Amazon Web Services on redundant servers which provide an uptime of 99.9%. * 51 What are your payment terms (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Payment terms are generaIIy NET 30-45 days, with a 25% hardware deposit required up-front prior to shipment. * 52 Describe any Ieasing or financing options avaiIabIe for use by dealer locationeducationaI or governmentaI entities. We aIso provide an option to site hosts for LeveI 2 chargers caIIed the EV CaaS, or Charging as a Service. Under this option, for a fixed monthIy fee over a 5-year term, EV Connect wiII own and manage the stations at the customer site. For exampIe, the EV CaaS offering starts out at $99/month for a singIe-port LeveI 2 charging station. InstaIIation costs are additionaI. * 53 BriefIy describe your proposed order process. IncIude enough detaiI to support your abiIity to report quarterIy saIes to SourceweII as described in the Contract tempIate. For exampIe, indicate whether your deaIer network is incIuded in your response and whether each deaIer (or some other entity) wiII process the SourceweII participating entities' purchase orders. EV Connect processes aII purchase orders directIy through our own internaI CRM (Customer ReIationship Management) pIatform. This process normaIIy incIudes two things. 1. A Purchase Order from the purchasing entity. 2. A signed "SaIes Order" form which acknowIedges the EV Connect Terms & Conditions for use of our software management pIatform. ▇▇▇▇▇://▇▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇/IegaI Our CRM contains aII necessary information incIuding, but typically Iimited to, order size, totaI doIIar amount, station type, software type, grant/incentive used, instaIIation pricing. This information is stored in our system and compIiant with 2 C.F.R. § 200.333 as described in the Contract tempIate for a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableperiod of 3 years or more. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 50 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials products are covered by a standard 1-year parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementswarranty. See document: Warranty In addition, CivicSmart offers extended warranty and supports products for a minimum of 5 years, and often for periods beyond the 5 years. * 47 51 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. No * 48 52 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Typical warranty repair or replacement must be made repairs are performed at our designated Warranty Service Center. CivicSmart works with clients to meet the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties warranty needs of a particular installation and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timecan provide various field support options. * 49 53 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? No, there is no region of United States or Canada that we cannot supply a technician to provide warranty repairs. We have generally arrange for our technician to meet with the facilities and technicians available participating entities on-site to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerepairs. * 50 54 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerCIvicSmart plans for and covers warranty service any product sold through CivicSmart, including from other manufacturers sold as part of our solution. * 51 55 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentStandard warranty process includes obtaining a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) via out support desk or portal, shipping labels and packaging may be mailed as needed, and repaired or replaced items and sent back after QA. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With CivicSmart covers the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece shipping of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning repaired or exchanging a replaced product is not generally applicable to from the type of equipment we provideWarranty Service Center. * 52 56 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available CivicSmart offers the following contract options: 1. On-site “on-call” Level-1 support – dedicated “on-call” Level-1 support for purchasepreventative maintenance or field service, typically for larger, mission-critical installations 2. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardData analysis and modeling – expert data modelers and statisticians trained on “big data” parking applications can support or augment city staff * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe You may upload representative samples of your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction documents 57 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services No, there are no generic performance standards at this time. However, we expect uptime of exceeding 99%. * 58 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) The service standards would be in our maintenance agreement. CivicSmart continually tracks, reports key metrics related to product and service performance and identifies custom KPIs applicable to the project. Due to complexity of the solutions anticipated under this RFP, these metrics are customized to fit the specific application. Examples of KPIs include: Device uptime Device performance - capture rates, Detection accuracy Device maintenance - battery, solar performance Service uptime Support response times Support resolution times Management system uptime * 59 Describe how you will vary measure cost savings and/or performance improvements with the utilization of your solutions. There are several areas in which cost savings can be gained. Currently, occupancy rates at the curb are either estimated through meter revenue or from costly human observations. Most jurisdictions use revenue meters as a proxy to determine occupancy. However, there is a severe limitation on the dependence of meter revenue since payments from motorists are unpredictable and rarely representative. Although mobile payment data can provide a rough estimate of the time distribution of usage, actual meter revenue collected through coins and credit cards do not provide the times of the day, days of the week distribution needed for occupancy studies. Cities often hire consultants to conduct occupancy or turnover studies. They are extremely costly and rarely done. The amount of cost savings from automating occupancy studies depend on the size of the city. Generally, it ranges from thousands to hundreds of thousand dollars. Instead of human observations which have inherent flaws, CivicSmart's sensors can be easily installed and moved from locations to locations. It allows cities to capture actual occupancy and display data in a variety of forms. Our system also allows cities to analyze the data in numerous ways. Occupancy trends can be analyzed by dealer locationtypes of curb space monitored and parking patterns. There are many performance improvements gained from deploying CivicSmart's technologies. They include increased turnover at the spaces monitored, but typically greater enforcement of parking violations, greater utilization of loading zones by delivery vehicles, greater meter payments, to name a signed sales order and/or purchase order few. Our methodology for measuring performance improvement is acceptablethrough comparison of each measure before and after an initiative from the local jurisdictions. *This would include: Turnover rate of spaces before and after “guided” enforcement using real-time interface between sensors and handheld citation devices; Number of citations issued per officer before and after the deployment of sensors; Number of commercial vehicles using loading zones before and after deployment of sensors and enforcement activities at loading zones; Amount of meter revenue before and after placing sensors at meters and enforcement of expired meters and unpaid metered spaces. There are many performance measures we can automatically capture and compare the effects before and after deployment of our technology. These are dependent on the goals of the local jurisdictions and the willingness to increase parking enforcement.

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials FLYMOTION offers guarantees that all products provided will arrive as a new, fully-functioning product. Any manufacturer errors or mistakes are 100% covered by FLYMOTION and labor are covered as described an expedited replacement is sent to our customers. For long-term warranties, each manufacturer's policy varies. Detailed warranty information can be found in product boxes and on manufacturer Warranty Statementswebsites. See document: Warranty FLYMOTION is happy to supply additional copies of manufacturer warranties to its clients upon request. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hoursEach manufacturer's warranty varies, whichever comes first as described but if clients are using products in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsan intended manner, the warranty will cover any damage. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety to provide coverage in case of terms and hoursoperator error. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, expenses for warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs packages that include a traveling technician are available that would include some travel timecovered upfront. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have For warranty and service agreements that include a certified technician at the facilities client's location, we will travel to their location. All areas of the continental US and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableCanada are covered. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to Warranty service varies. In most cases, it is a combination of FLYMOTION providing services and managing the original equipment repair between the client and manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins Please see answer 1 to Table 9. FLYMOTION is happy to return equipment that is damaged or dead upon arrival. Once products have been unwrapped and/or activated, FLYMOTION will not accept exchanges or returns. If clients are interested in upgrading products, FLYMOTION can offer consultation and valuation of used products in exchange for credit for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideproducts. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts FLYMOTION's Training Courses all have detailed descriptions available on the pricing sheet regarding the course information. All these courses are available developed and instructed by FLYMOTION employees. The length of the training course varies depending on the content. All courses can be modified per the client's request. FLYMOTION's QEP and COA services are provided by our Training department. These services include consultation and filing assistance for purchaseCOA or QEP applications. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage optionsCompletion of these services varies based on the complexity of the airspace requiring approval. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30FLYMOTION creates invoices for clients after receiving a contract or confirmation of an order. CashMethods of payment include ACH wire, Creditcheck, money order, or Financing and Leasing availablecredit card. Payment terms on contracts (including purchase orders) are NET30. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of FLYMOTION provides financing options through lending partners according to client needs. After submitting a single-page application, customers will receive competitive financing options within 3-5 days. FLYMOTION also offers a leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases program with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates daily, weekly, monthly, and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationyearly rates. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents consist of 1) a quote that contains basic terms and pricing followed by 2) an invoice that contains final pricing, payment terms, and shipping information. FLYMOTION typically receives a Purchase Order from its clients that states if additional documentation may be necessary. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? FLYMOTION does charge a 3% service charge on any P-card or Credit card purchase valued over $2,500. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Pricing information is included on a separate Excel spreadsheet entitled “FLYMOTION Pricing for Sourcewell Contract”. This includes line-item name, manufacturer, MSRP, Discounted Price, and the percentage of discount offered. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. 2% for most hardware, certain exclusions apply. 10% for FLYMOTION services & support. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. We do not offer quantity or volume discounts. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. FLYMOTION will vary provide a quote for every “sourced” product requested. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. No solutions offered by dealer locationFLYMOTION will have hidden costs. While FLYMOTION will always recommend any training or other services we feel are necessary for client success, but typically we do not enforce a signed sales mandatory purchase. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. Shipping is quoted with each order. FLYMOTION's order fulfillment team will work to provide the lowest shipping/freight cost available by checking multiple carriers for the most cost-effective options. * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Shipping is quoted with each order. FLYMOTION's order fulfillment team will work to provide the lowest shipping/freight cost available by checking multiple carriers for the most cost-effective options. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. FLYMOTION is willing to dropship special order is acceptableitems to clients upon request. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Our warranty structure is set forth to protect our clients against faulty products installed by or workmanship completed by our personnel. Our warranties cover all products, parts, and labor associated with the ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls installed or serviced system. * 43 Describe any performance or service standards or guarantees that apply to your solutions (policies, metrics, KPIs, response times, up-time guarantees, etc.). A schedule of values is provided with each proposal that provides details of the service or product being provided, outlines timelines, billing, and responsible parties. There are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. See document: Warranty standard communication and response time protocols that will be outlined at the task-order level * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year There are no usage limitations in our warranty system for ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls installed or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursserviced systems. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Technician travel time and mileage to perform warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs repairs are available that would include some travel timecovered under our warranty program. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Due to the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty presence of our company-owned district offices throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/North America, we are not aware of any geographic region where we cannot provide warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableservices. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties As indicated above, our policy states we will be passed on to warranty a system installed by our technicians for a period of 1 year from the original date of the customer's beneficial use. Service parts carry a 90-day warranty from the date of installation by a qualified technician. Different manufacturers may offer their own equipment manufacturerwarranties that cover the replacement cost of specific system components. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for According to the specific terms of each client's agreement, we can exchange a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a faulty piece of equipment operate in their local areaor system component under warranty for its current equivalent. Equipment that cannot be repaired, or that is part of a legacy system no longer supported, will be replaced at the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideclient's request. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseTYCO / ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls offers a suite of advanced connected life-safety services and technologies powered by OpenBlue. It This suite is marketed as Confidence Plus® combined with standardour technicians' extensive industry knowledge and training to help ensure improved performance and reliability, basecode compliance, and premium coverage optionsoperational efficiency of customers' fire and life-safety systems. See document: Warranty • Rapid response and issue resolution through Remote Service Support • Predictive Diagnostics to diagnose deficiencies and extend equipment life • Connected systems providing automatic notifications to helping prevent system failures • 24/7 monitoring and live advisory support • Preventative maintenance for enhanced system performance and false alarm reduction • Xaap (SaaS) solution that provides a centralized platform for building compliance data 1-5 year plans are available. We cover parts and labor for normal wear and tear. We also offer preventative maintenance plans where we proactively test systems and provide detailed status reports on findings. These can be performed monthly, quarterly, bi-annually, or annually based upon your needs. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls Maintenance Plan will distinguish between hardware and software preventive maintenance. In general, computer-skilled technicians perform software preventive maintenance, and hardware preventive maintenance is performed by our Maintenance Technicians. An important part of our maintenance approach is the incorporation of the individual security system's preventive maintenance requirements as specified by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM). * 53 Describe 50 What are your payment terms and accepted payment methods. (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Payment Terms terms are Net 3030 for all invoices. CashFor contracting sales, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availablea schedule of values will be outlined regarding payment intervals throughout the installation process including after-warranty PSA. * 54 Describe any 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options available that schools and governmental entities may need to use in order to make certain acquisitions? It is the intent of ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls Security Solutions to utilize Sourcewell Approved Leasing Vendor NCL for use by educational potential financing of our Sourcewell opportunities. Our organization offers various financial solutions in an effort to remain focused on the financing needs of its customers. Program offerings include: Direct Purchase Fair Market Value (FMV) Purchase Option 10% Purchase Option * 52 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or governmental some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. Our team's sales representatives will meet with end-user customers and will develop an estimate. The sales representative forwards the estimate to an internal compliance manager who will put together the quote for the customer in accordance with the Sourcewell pricing awarded values. This individual then sends the proposal back to the sales representative so they can provide it to their customer. Throughout the process, there will be hooks in place to monitor the entire sales cycle, from initial contact to the closing of the individual sales. A variety of leasing programs are availablelead program will be instituted that will track all Sourcewell opportunities. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can Our in-place “▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇” system will be used to tailor monthly payments track the sales process and will also be able to provide status updates in real-time. Also from an IT perspective, hooks will be in place to monitor overall program compliance and ensure that proper pricing and prevailing wages are being utilized. To process a member’s budgetcompleted sale, a Purchase Order or customer signature is required. Rates Contract Sales will be entered by our local office sales personnel and terms can vary and the orders will be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationtracked within our in place “Compass” system utilizing a Sourcewell Customer Account Identifier. * 55 53 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes, Tyco will accept Purchase and Credit Cards for payment processing at no additional cost. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 54 Describe any your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard transaction documents or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you propose want Sourcewell to use consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents TYCO/▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls pricing model is a line item pricing methodology, same methodology from previously awarded contract 031517-TIS in the USA. TYCO/▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Controls will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableconvert the price file using the Canadian exchange rate and will also include an uplift of 5% across all products and services. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor Yes. Our warranties are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsfollows: 1. See document: Warranty General Conversion - 3 year / 36,000 mile 2. Structural Integrity - Lifetime 3. Electrical - Lifetime,100,000 mile 4. Paint - 10 year 5. Corrosion - 5 year * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Paint Corrosion Warranty is subject to one full has prorated coverage in the 4th and 5th year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described of the warranty time frame. Components that are manufactured by others are covered by their representative warranties. We facilitate warranty coverage for our dealers and customers in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthese cases. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeYes, upon request. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We All states currently serviced by our dealer network are fully covered for all our customers' warranty needs. In the areas where we may not have dealer coverage, we coordinate with a local chassis dealer, as well as an emergency vehicle service facility, to support the customer with warranty repairs. In some areas, we have set up the customer as a warranty center if they have the facilities and technicians available ability to perform warranty throughout the entire United States work themselves. We offer service training at our location and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealeralso at the customer's shops or on the job site when applicableservice center location to support this need. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed Some items that are manufactured by others are covered in both our 3-year general conversion and lifetime, 100,000-mile warranties. Other items are covered by the respective manufacturer's warranty - some of which are for longer periods of time. We facilitate warranty coverage for our dealers and customers in these instances. We have several lighting brands that offer 5 year and lifetime warranties on their products. All of these warranties are extended to the original equipment manufacturerour customers. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentWarranty Reimbursement Procedure: The dealer service center is contacted by the customer in the event of a warranty repair need. The value dealer contacts PLCB for warranty authorization and diagnostic assistance for the reported issue. Warranty Pre-Approval Authorization: All warranty claims require a specific piece can pre-approved warranty authorization (WA) number. This pre-approval process is required to first, inform PLCB of a warranty problem, but second, and most important, to help diagnose and repair warranty service problems in the field. Payment of warranty claims requires an approved authorization number. Warranty Parts: If warranty parts are required and authorized, PLCB will ship in-stock replacement parts the day the request is made, provided the part is ordered before 2:00pm (EST). Parts that need to be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representativeordered will be either shipped from the parts manufacturer or shipped out the day they arrive to PLCB. With Return of Defective Parts: When warranty parts are provided, defective parts must be returned to PLCB within 30 days of the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability parts being shipped to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need be processed for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providecredit. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Preventative maintenance contracts are available offered to our customers through our dealers for purchaseannual inspections and chassis maintenance needs. It is marketed These can be items such as Confidence Plus® with standardoil changes, basefluid checks, transmission service, and premium coverage optionsbattery load testing. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available Preventative maintenance is highly recommended for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end optimal performance of the termemergency vehicles. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used PLCB is a Ford Authorized Warranty Service Center, providing bumper to tailor monthly payments bumper support for our customers with a Ford chassis. Several of our dealers also provide Freightliner and International chassis warranty service coverage to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to their customers, minimizing downtime when the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, vehicle is out of service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablefor repair. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 47 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All The complete HADO Academy bundle offers a total solution, which includes the Game Play Resource Package on loan for the duration of the operating license term. This includes and covers accidental breakage, damage or failure (fix or replace at no cost). Equipment will be upgraded as needed/determined by the vendor at no additional cost. * STEM Sports materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsby a standard 1 year warranty. See document: Warranty * 47 They are durable and reusable for years to come. STEM Forged is entirely virtual and requires no equipment. IT support is provided at no cost. 48 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. No * 48 49 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, if completed within the warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeterm. * 49 50 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. No * 50 51 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be The warranties are passed on to the original equipment manufacturer/vendor. STEMfinity has thoroughly vetted and stands behind our vendors and their warranty guarantees. We and our vendors understand the products offered are for classroom and out-of-school time use by students and as such require durability and product support so students and educators can continue learning, discovering, innovating, and growing. * 51 52 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeWe have a 30-ins for new equipmentday return/exchange window and ask that customers contact us to obtain a Return Authorization. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member A restocking fee may apply. Each situation is evaluated individually and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability our goal is to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providemake sure educators have what they need. * 52 53 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty N/A * 53 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30STEMfinity accepts payment via credit card, check, and EFT. CashWe do not accept credit cards for purchase orders, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availablehave standard net 30 days. * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety We do not offer leasing option. Payment is required at time of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase, or net 30 financing for purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationorders. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer locationSamples of our online order forms are uploaded. Customers are not required to use them and are welcome to call or email instead to initiate an order. * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, but typically is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes, no additional cost. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableSKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. STEMfinity has uploaded our pricing materials which reflect a 3.75% discount off line-item pricing. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. Basic and labor extended warranties for hardware and software are available through Mitel's Standard Warranty, included as an attachment to our response. During the term of the manufacturer's warranty period, all hardware components will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and will perform in substantial compliance with the manufacturer's specifications. The exclusive remedy and recourse for the Sourcewell member under the Hardware Warranty is for Mitel, at Mitel's election, to repair or replace the defective parts. Replacement parts will be covered as described for the remainder of the existing Hardware Warranty. Please note that there is no advanced replacement included in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe basic parts warranty; this is a return-to depot parts warranty. See documentThe Sourcewell member may purchase Labor Support at an additional charge. Mitel software and hardware warranties become void if one of the following occurs: Warranty • The system is not used properly in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and operating instructions or is otherwise abused, damaged, or negligently serviced or maintained by anyone other than Mitel. • Work is performed on the system by technicians not authorized by Mitel. • The system is installed or used in combination or in assembly with products that are either not approved by Mitel or not compatible with the system. • The customer breaches the material terms of the agreement. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursMitel has no usage limit restrictions. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Any items under warranty which require repair are sent to the Mitel repair team and, if necessary, an advance replacement is shipped out. During the warranty period, we would not charge travel time or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described mileage for any required service work. We would charge travel in manufacturer Warranty Statements1/2-hour increments for any MAC (Move, Adds, Changes) related work. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeMitel never charges for mileage. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We Mitel can cover all geographical areas in the U.S. or Canada, either by a certified Mitel technician/partner, or by a qualified "smart hands" subcontractor. The subcontractor would have the facilities and access to Mitel technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablefor remote support. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to Mitel provides pass-through warranty service for all third-party products. Warranty service for third-party products is carried by the original equipment manufacturer's warranty, which is generally 30-45 days. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? The content below is Mitel's Global return policy, however with any conflict in the policy versus the customer standing agreement, the terms and conditions of the agreement will prevail. DOA (Dead On Arrival) Returns Dead on Arrival - A DOA is defined as an out of box failure on a unit that has failed when the system has been brought into service (a spare or upgrade unit that has failed on installation) AND a unit that was purchased from Mitel/Distribution within the previous 3 months. If DOA report is for a controller, base software or 3 or more of the same part number, Product Support or the Regional Technical Support representative is to be contacted to assist in troubleshooting the DOA part(s). If part(s) are deemed by Product Support to be DOA, a tech ticket number is required. The requester will complete a Product Fault Report Notice providing the following details pertaining to the DOA part(s): • Company Name • Part number(s) of defective unit • Serial number(s) • Description of fault • PO number to reference on free replacement order (and to apply charges if the part(s) is not returned) • Tech Ticket number • Shipping address, contact name and phone number for shipment of replacement part • Pick up address, contact name and phone number for collection of the defective part by Mitel A sales order acknowledgment (SOA) is faxed or emailed to the customer with reference to the RA#. This RA# must be annotated on all packages being returned. Customer Service Representative (CSR) arranges the shipment of a no charge replacement to the customer. Mitel will be responsible for return freight charges on all DOA returns. The Mitel CSR will provide you with either carrier details for you to make arrangements to have the product picked up and returned to Mitel or will arrange collection directly, dependent upon location. DOA part(s) must be returned to Mitel within 20 business days of shipment of the replacement part to avoid billing being initiated for the non-return of the defective unit plus freight costs for the shipment of the free replacement. Return of defective part(s) will not be accepted for credit once billing for a non-return has been processed. Returns for Credit ★ All credit returns (hardware, software and/or software options) are subject to an administrative charge of 20% of the Reseller's cost. Returns for Hardware and Software: There is no general right of return for convenience, however, Mitel may, at its sole discretion, accept return of Hardware and Software having reviewed the specific reasons as to why such Hardware and/or Software is being returned. Products ordered in error, may be accepted for return, under the following conditions: • The part is unused and contained in its original packaging • The request for return is made within 30 days from the date of purchase • The part is returned to Mitel within 30 days of the issuance of the Return Authorization# (RA#) Should a part be returned that has been opened but unused, any costs associated with the rework or reclassification of that part will be deducted from the credit. It is the customer's responsibility to pay all return freight charges to have the part(s) returned to Mitel. Returns for Software Options: • Software options can be credited if the status is either ‘allocated' or ‘assigned' • Software options that have been in an ‘activated' status for less than 14 days can be credited • Any IP Products that you wish to credit should be reported to your Customer Service Representative OEM & Third-Party products: Such returns are subject to approval at the sole discretion of Mitel, however such approval shall, at all times, be subject to relevant terms and conditions of the OEM or Third Party supplier in question. Customized product: There is no right of return whatsoever on customized products ordered from Mitel. All outstanding returns will be monitored by the Mitel Customer Service Representative (CSR) to ensure billing is initiated for non-returned part(s) per the timelines noted in this document. Additional information: * • If for a deletion only, a Change Order Form is not required. • If for an addition only, or an addition and deletion, a Change Order Form is generated to show the items, quantities, and pricing. It then needs to be approved by the Partner or End-User, depending on who submitted the original Purchase Order. • For the return of Licenses, they cannot be assigned to an Application Record in the AMC. If they are, the Partner needs to work with the AMC group to have the licenses unassigned from the Application Record before a return for credit can be made. • A 20% re-stocking fee may be charged at the discretion of ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Beyond implementation, Mitel Maintenance and Management Services will continually strengthen and extend the value and relevance of your solution. Standard manufacturer's Service contracts Level Agreement coverage (which includes software assurance, warranty, and repair) is complemented by an advanced remote monitoring and resolution service. Incidents are handled according to your chosen response plan and managed by Mitel's global service desk from the first alarm to post-resolution. Maintenance Support Plans (Mitel premise solutions) Mitel service agreements are available in a variety of packages (listed below) designed to accommodate the diverse levels needed by each customer. With your chosen service, Sourcewell members can call the Mitel service desk to report incidents within the agreement's terms. Mitel will resolve the majority of incidents quickly and efficiently by remote access. The individual support plans and their common included elements are outlined and described in more detail below. Premium Plus/Full Support 24x7 Coverage: • Hours of Coverage o 24x7x365 (24 hours per day, seven days per week, 365 days per year) remote and onsite support for purchasea Major Failure. It o 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. Monday through Friday (local time at the site, excluding Mitel's locally observed holidays) remote and onsite support for a Minor Failure. • Response Objectives o Major Equipment Failure - Response within two (2) hours upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End- User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within four (4) hours upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. o Minor Equipment Failure - Response within eight (8) business hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally-observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End-User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within the next business day (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. • Parts Replacement o Expedited replacement of defective parts and materials is marketed included during the coverage hours purchased as Confidence Plus® detailed above. Premium Classic/Day Support 8x5 Coverage: • Hours of Coverage o 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. Monday through Friday (local time at the site, excluding Mitel's locally observed holidays) remote and onsite support for a Major Failure or Minor Failure. Support provided outside these coverage hours will be billed at Mitel's then current rates. • Response Objectives o Major Equipment Failure - Response within two (2) hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End-User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within four (4) business hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. o Minor Equipment Failure - Response within eight (8) business hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding Mitel's locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End-User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within the next business day (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. • Parts Replacement o Expedited replacement of defective parts and materials is included during the coverage hours purchased as detailed above. Premium Hardware Coverage (excludes remote and onsite labor): • Parts Replacement o Expedited replacement of defective parts and materials is included during the coverage hours purchased as detailed above. Premium System Coverage: • Hours of Coverage o 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. Monday through Friday (local time at the site, excluding Mitel's locally observed holidays) remote and onsite support for a Major Failure or Minor Failure. Support provided outside these coverage hours will be billed at Mitel's then current rates. • Response Objectives o Major Equipment Failure - Response within two (2) hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End-User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within four (4) business hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Major Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. o Minor Equipment Failure - Response within eight (8) business hours (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding Mitel's locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure by attempting to clear the failure remotely and/or contacting the End-User to begin troubleshooting the system failure. - Onsite response within the next business day (Monday through Friday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m. at the local time at the site, excluding ▇▇▇▇▇'s locally observed holidays) upon receipt of a trouble report of a Minor Failure which cannot be resolved by a remote engineer. • Parts Replacement o Expedited replacement of defective parts and materials for core/main system components only, are included during the coverage hours purchased as detailed above. This is exclusive of phone set replacement. Compliance with standardthe ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇ Act As between Mitel and End-User, baseEnd-User is responsible for: (A) controlling and overseeing End-User's Mitel system, and premium coverage options(B) the day-to-day operations of End-User's Mitel system. See document: Warranty For greater certainty, Mitel is not the multi-line telephone system installer, manager, and/or operator, as each of those terms is defined in 47 CFR Part 9 Subpart F. End-User acknowledges and agrees that the services provided by ▇▇▇▇▇ pursuant to the Agreement do not constitute legal advice. Mitel recommends that End-User seek its own legal advice in respect of the Federal Communication Commission (and any applicable state) multiline telephone system 911 statutes and rules. Commercially Reasonable Efforts Customer acknowledges and understands that certain hardware which may be covered under this Agreement has been manufacturer discontinued * including, but not limited to, the Mitel 4000 Series Digital Endpoints, Mitel 8500 Series Digital Endpoints, Mitel 8600 Series IP Endpoints, Mitel 5000 Series IP Endpoints, UC360 Conference Phone, and the MiVoice Office 250 PS-1 (“Discontinued Hardware”). Mitel will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide maintenance services to Discontinued Hardware; however, customer understands and agrees Mitel's sole obligation for support of the Discontinued Hardware is to work in good faith to provide replacement spare parts and/or repair components. To the extent Mitel is unable to source a required repair or replacement part from Mitel's inventory, Mitel will inform the customer of alternative upgrade or migration options that will be at an additional cost to the customer. 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Mitel payment terms are Net 30. CashMitel accepted payment methods are electronic bank transfer, CreditACH, or Financing wire transfer, paper check, P- card, and Leasing availablecredit cards (Visa, AMEX, Mastercard). * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Mitel as a manufacturer prefers to partner with best of breed leasing programs companies to provide the most suitable leasing vehicles and options for our Partners and Sourcewell members. We are available. This includes standard in an active partnership with NCL Government Capital (Sourcewell contract 011620-NCL) to provide flexible leasing options including tax exempt Municipal leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *whic

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Our product warranties cover manufacturing defects for a variable period of time, depending on the brand/product line, ranging from 10 – 15 years from time of installation. Although our products are known for their durability and labor performance under a variety of conditions, there are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementstimes when defects arise that need to be redressed. See document: Warranty When a product is found to be defective, our warranties generally provide the option to ‘repair or replace' and that work is done at our expense. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject There are some practical limitations that we would apply to one full year most of our product lines, most of which have to do with approved/appropriate usage of the product, loads they may be subjected to without damage, etc. Flooring products typically wear over time, and as with most products exposed to long-term traffic and loads, they carry a definable lifespan under the conditions. Our warranties generally assume a depreciating value over time, based on the wear and tear they experience, and our policies for replacement or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursrepair reflect that value over the product's lifespan. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty When products found to be defective require onsite inspection or repair work, we cover the cost of labor, time and travel (whether employee or replacement must be made at our field partners) involved with making those visits to rectify the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeproblem. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? No. We have provide full coverage for all our service and sales areas listed in this proposal; specifically to include the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canadaits territories, and all Canadian provinces and territories. Sourcewell entities If an appropriate, qualified field partner is not located convenient to the project, we will be provided service/provide an employee technician to address any warranty repair in our dealer's shops claims or on the job site when applicableproduct problems. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to We warranty all Gerflor-made and distributed products, which is inclusive of all the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate products listed in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your this proposal. Service contracts For products we offer that are available made for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® us by other suppliers, we partner with standard, base, those suppliers to ensure that our customers have a seamless and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe satisfactory experience with any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents products that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableprove defective. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 47 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and Teknion warranties cover the parts/equipment as well as labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsneeded to properly rectify a warranty-related issue. See document: Warranty * 47 48 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Any applicable restrictions or other limitations are outlined within our warranty. Please see the Documents, Warranty is subject to one Information section of the Sourcewell portal for Teknion's full year or 1,000 hoursLimited Lifetime, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms Architectural Interiors, and hoursStudio TK warranties. * 48 49 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Teknion warranties cover those expenses associated with the performance of warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepairs. * 49 50 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available LOCAL SERVICE Teknion remains steadfast in our ability to perform warranty service all Sourcewell participating entities throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities In conjunction with our authorized dealer network, Teknion has structured our service model to be scalable, adaptable, and responsive to your local needs, not the other way around. In implementing this type of model, you experience consistent service regardless of project size or location. Our service model will be provided geared to suit your preferences and requirements. Being where you are allows us to serve you better. Our local presence puts us in the valuable position of being familiar with not only the community but also with the local businesses, buildings, project sites, and regulations. This familiarity enables us to streamline the delivery process, provide quicker response times, and provide an overall higher level of personalized customer service/. Local presence provides you with an immediate response throughout your project implementation. WARRANTY CLAIMS Typically, warranty repair claims are handled through Teknion's dealer(s). The customer reports the problem to the dealer, and the dealer in our dealer's shops or on turn has access to the job site Teknion Claims Portal. Here, dealers can submit claims, communicate directly with the product experts addressing the claim, and obtain real-time claims status. Such claims usually are resolved within one week. For more significant warranty issues, dealers can access the Teknion Corporate Claims Team which is dedicated to ensuring a positive claim experience. This highly experienced team assists with coordinating the necessary resources to resolve even the most difficult issues. While Teknion strives to eliminate claims, when applicablethey do occur, we are committed to making the end user whole, as quickly as possible, and allowing for normal business operations to continue in the interim. * 50 51 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on Teknion still makes things. As such, all products proposed herein are thereby covered by Teknion warranties. As the industry shifts towards outsourcing, we continue to bring expertise in- house. We make 90% of what we sell. The outsourced partners that represent the remaining 10% are held to the original equipment manufacturersame manufacturing standards that we impose upon ourselves. Teknion's true vertical integration gives Teknion the ability to control our global supply chain and every element of production — to manage quality and costs, provide custom designs, and offer flexibility around how orders are organized and delivered. As such, the products proposed herein are thereby covered by Teknion warranties. * 51 52 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentNo returns of products will be accepted without Teknion's prior written consent. The value for Should a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability customer wish to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areareturn any standard Teknion product, the need for simply returning or exchanging customer must request a product is Return Goods Authorization (“RGA”) form from Teknion. Teknion reserves the right to approve and/or deny RGAs at its sole discretion. All such approved returns must be shipped freight prepaid unless otherwise indicated by Teknion, and standard items may be subject to a restocking charge. Worksurfaces, panels, elements, all upholstery items, and special products are the property of the customer and cannot generally applicable be returned under any circumstances. Other standard items already in production are subject to a cancellation charge, to be determined at the sole discretion of Teknion. Returned products will only be accepted if received by Teknion in the condition in which they left the factory. Credit will be issued only after inspection of returned products. Damaged products will be refused and returned to the type of equipment we provideshipper. * 52 53 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseUnique to Teknion and our authorized dealer network, is our strong commitment to customer satisfaction long after the project has ended. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, baseBecause required services vary from customer to customer, and premium coverage optionsproject to project, Teknion and our dealer partner(s) will work with the Sourcewell entity to develop and design a service template to tailor all services to the entities' specific needs. See documentItems may include, and not be limited to items such as response times, frequency of site visits, and costs for maintenance and support items. All agreements commit to professional service levels to ensure our products are installed and function properly. * Available by request or as part of a long-term service contract, services include, but may not be limited to the following: Warranty * 53 • Panel cleaning • Panel Alignment • Minor repairs • General services 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Teknion's standard payment terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing Our accepted payment methods include ACH and Leasing availablepayment by check. We will also accept credit card payments for transactions up to $5,000.00. * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Teknion can provide leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationthese entities if requested. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Teknion assumes that the end customer's transaction forms will vary be utilized as under the current contract. * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Teknion will accept P-card procurement for transactions up to $5,000 at no additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Teknion is offering a pricing model that prescribes a discount off the list pricing set forth In Teknion's published Price and Product Guides. Generally, each product line has its own Price and Product Guide and is subject to a specific discount although several product lines share the same discount (e.g., District, Leverage, and upStage). This model is Teknion's standard pricing methodology both for commercial and public sector customers. Due to the number of product lines offered as part of our proposal, the number of product codes within each line, combined with the number of size variations and finish options, Teknion is not able to provide a SKU for each item in Excel format. Additionally, we were not able to upload our Price and Product guides due to the file size limitations. As such, we have provided a link to the Price and Product Guide (PPG) for each line being offered as part of our proposal. Please see the Documents, Additional Documents section of this portal for those links. * 59 Quantify the pricing discount represented by dealer the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. As set forth in our response above, each Teknion product line receives its own discount off published list price, although several product lines share the same discount. Please see the Documents, Pricing section of the Sourcewell portal for Teknion's proposed discount structure. * 60 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. Please refer to our response to Table 12, Pricing offered for Teknion's discount structure, which includes volume discounts. * 61 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. For items that are not manufactured by Teknion, Teknion would purchase and resell such items to the Member at Teknion's cost plus a 5% markup. * 62 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Teknion's Total Cost of Acquisition does not provide for delivery or set-up activities beyond the Sourcewell Member's dock. Inside delivery and installation costs will be quoted on a per project basis. * 63 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. For deliveries within the Continental United States, Teknion utilizes a fleet of contract trucking carriers that deliver our products via standard ground freight. In Canada, freight is included to all Urban Centers. For locations 200km outside of urban centers, freight costs will be quoted on a project-by-project basis. * 64 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Teknion will bear the cost of freight for all shipments into the Continental United States and Canada. For shipments to Alaska and Hawaii, Teknion will bear the cost of freight from Teknion's factory to a port of embarkation on the West Coast of the United States. Any incremental cost to ship the product to Alaska and Hawaii will be invoiced to the Member. * 65 Describe any unique distribution and/or delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. Within North America, Teknion utilizes a fleet of contract trucking carriers that meet ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇'s stringent equipment requirements. Teknion's method of shipping depends on the plant location, but typically destination, timing, and variable conditions (weather, road closure, strikes etc.). Shipments traveling by truck are categorized into truckload (TL) and less than truckload (LTL). Truckload (TL) shipments consist of a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablefull truck and offer more precise appointment date, time, and final destination. Less than truckload shipments (LTL) are combined with other orders to ensure that full truckloads are created, thus having a positive impact on the environment in reducing the quantity of gas used and reducing emissions. Teknion will also leverage rail transportation for large projects that follow a more consistent schedule. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? Although ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. strives for perfection in quality, if a defect in product occurs or poor workmanship is identified, we have policies in place to rectify the situation. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warrants all components and products manufactured by them to be free of defects for one year from the date of purchase. All materials ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. workmanship is covered by the same 12-month warranty, whether it's installation of ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. goods, purchased components, fabrication, or repairs. All our products are delivered to the end user with an operations and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsmaintenance manual, and included with that manual is always our warranty document. See document: Warranty We have attached our warranty document to this RFP submission. It is titled, “▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Warranty.pdf”. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warranty policy does not impose any restrictions or limitations that would adversely affect coverage when the product is subject to one full year used per the operator's manual. However, this warranty does not cover damage or 1,000 hoursfailure caused by abuse, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsnegligence, accident, improper customer installation, neglect, or natural disasters. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for Any modifications made by the buyer or a variety of terms and hoursthird party without ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc's prior written approval may void any warranty. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard In the unlikely event that a warranty repair or replacement is required, any warranty repair must be made conducted at ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. or an authorized entity. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will not cover travel time and or mileage under any circumstance. In some instances, a ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. Representative may be available to repair the unit at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timecustomers preferred location. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. has a large dealer network that covers the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout geographic regions of the entire United States and CanadaCanada in question. Sourcewell entities In circumstance's that a certified repair facility cannot be found, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will be provided service/locate and permit a third party, non-▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. entity to perform any warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerepairs required. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Many components manufactured by and purchased from other suppliers are sold and installed by ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. These components are covered under ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. warranty policy. The warranty policies of the individual providers may cover these components longer than ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc's warranty policy. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries Inc. will be passed pass on any warranties received from the manufacturer for such components to the original equipment manufacturerbuyer, and as a courtesy will process warranty claims pertaining to these components. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentIndustries reserves the right to add a 15% restocking fee on returned items. The value for a specific piece can No returns on electrical items will be discussed with a member accepted. These policies are monitored case by case and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate fee may be waved in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providecertain circumstances. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. does not offer service contract options for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty the items included in our proposal * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. standard payment terms are Net 30. Cash30 for approved customers, Creditotherwise we accept cash, or Financing check and Leasing availablecredit card. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. offers financing options through Sheffield Financial and NCL Government Capital. We primarily use NCL Government Capital, and our customers have only had positive things to say about the process. In the current economic climate, we have heard from our customers of an increased need to use different financing options. The financing option that we prefer to encourage our Municipal customers to utilize is through NCL Government Capital. NCL Government Capital has been in the business of government leasing programs and financing for over 20 years, and they understand the bid/specification requirements and provisions involved with each government purchase. In light of the years of experience with government purchases, NCL has gone above and beyond to service their customers and make the purchasing process as painless as possible. They realize that when municipalities need new equipment, the funds are not always available, so they offer the customer Tax- Exempt Municipal Financing through manageable installment payments that come from their operating budget. This includes standard leases as well as leases The advantage to this is that no new debt is created, and the Tax-Exempt Municipal Financing does not require any form of voter approval in virtually every state. The Benefits to Municipal Financing include the following: • Immediate ownership can be acquired with different purchase no upfront cash required. • The Financing has a 1-2 day approval turnaround. • Finance 100% of your acquisition including soft cost. • Flexible payment options allow for creating budget calendar alignment. • No Buy-out or residual at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used • Defer first payment for up to tailor monthly payments 12 months. • Financing satisfies Municipal Bid Requirements because NCL holds a Source-well awarded contract. • Non-Appropriation language included. • No voter approval required in most states. The largest advantage to our customers in promoting NCL financing is the fact that NCL holds a member’s budgetSourcewell-awarded contract. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored We promote to the members needs end user that NCL went through a similar competitive solicitation process as we had, and based they have done the heavy lifting to help save our customer's the time, admin headaches and money involved with going through the typical bid process. NCL is also very hands on their applicationand works directly with the customers, one-on- one, to make the communication and financing process quick and easy. NCL provides different marketing tools to help explain these financing advantages to the end user. We have included NCL Government Capital's flyers to our submission in the finance section under “Leasing Documents * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction At the time of budget or quote, our sales team will utilize our Sales Order Quote document to provide the entity with price and product information for their consideration. Within this document, we collect and record the part numbers, pricing, customer information, Sourcewell ID #, and other important order information. Should the customer decide to move forward with the purchase, our Quote gets converted into a Sales Order which creates the demand for our production team to begin manufacturing the product. Once the order goes through production and is completed, the order then goes to Invoicing. All our Invoice documents appear very similar to our Sales Order documents, the only difference is that the final page of all our invoices include our terms and conditions and an invoice number. Our terms and conditions cover all the general payment terms, returns, warranty statements, etc. See the following related attachments: “Sales Order.pdf” & “Terms & Conditions” * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. does not accept the P-card procurement and payment process. To keep costs low for our customers we do accept VISA, MasterCard, Discover and AMEX through a national merchant processing provider. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. pricing model is a 5% discount off of MSRP. To make it as easy on the Sourcewell member as possible we have included the MSRP price and Sourcewell discounted price for ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc whole goods and parts in the following attached documents: Section B Truck Packages.pdf Section C Plow.pdf Section D Hitches.pdf Section E Wings.pdf Section F Scrapers.pdf Section G V-Box.pdf Section H UT Spreaders.pdf Section J Commander.pdf Section K Prewet.pdf Section L Wear Products.pdf Section N Push-N-Plow.pdf Section O Replacement Tailgate Spreaders.pdf Section P Cab Shield.pdf * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. In order to continue providing Sourcewell members with the best price the discount on this contract will vary be a 5% discount from MSRP. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. It is not uncommon for Sourcewell members to purchase larger quantities. In order to continue providing Sourcewell members with the best price we are offering an additional discount of 2% on any identical whole good purchased in the quantity of 5 or more and an additional discount of 5% on any identical parts purchased in a quantity of 10 or more. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries' procedure for sourced goods or nonstandard options is to take cost plus a percentage. This may include sourced goods, nonstandard items, or custom built to order items that may require engineering and/or research and development work. These items are quoted per request and the customer is supplied with a quote for each request. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. With the exception of the Snow Fighter Packages, most equipment in this proposal is offered to Sourcewell Member uninstalled. If installation is required, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. or the nearest ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. distributor will quote those charges to the Sourcewell member. The Sourcewell member also has the option to install the product themselves using documentation and instructions supplied by dealer location▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, but typically Inc. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. All snow and ice removal equipment will ship via tractor-trailer flatbed truck. Complete snow fighter trucks will be shipped either RGN trailer, or handled as a signed sales order drive away to customer facility. To ensure that the PCA Member will get the best possible shipping rate, delivery charges will be quoted on a case-by-case basis. Shipping fees will be pre-paid and added to the invoice * 63 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Delivery will be quoted on a case-by-case basis using a Logistics Company for Alaska, Hawaii and Canada to ensure that the Sourcewell member receives the best possible shipping rate. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order is acceptabledelivery methods or options offered in your proposal. To deliver to Sourcewell members at the best possible price ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Industries, Inc. employs our own CDL Certified drivers. These drivers use company owned vehicles to deliver products at a lower rate than outside vendors. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and A copy of our Standard Warranty will be included in the document upload section of this RFP. Labor is not a typical component of our warranty. We refer to it as a common sense warranty. We are not going to cover labor are covered as described for a burnt our headlight but will cover labor in manufacturer Warranty Statementsmost cases for major components on the machine. See document: Warranty * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty Our standard warranty period is subject to one full year 2 years or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and 2000 hours. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard If the repair is covered under warranty repair or replacement must these costs would be made at the dealer location a part of that warranty as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timewell. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have If the facilities and technicians available distance is too far to perform warranty throughout send one of our team members we will work with the entire United States and Canadacustomer to reimburse them for labor time or find an outside source that is agreeable to both sides. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on Ultimately it is the job site when applicablegoal of Zamboni to get any problems resolved as expeditiously as possible. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties For simplicity reasons for our customers we in most cases will be passed deal with our suppliers on to the original equipment manufacturerwarranty issues. * 51 What There are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for some cases where our supplier will address a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty situation but we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) kept in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableloop from start to finish. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 43 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor of our products are covered as described by our warranty. Our standard warranty is 1- year labor, 2 years parts, and 5 years parts only on hydraulic cylinders used in manufacturer Warranty Statementsour mobile lifting columns and a lifetime parts-only warranty on nylon guide rollers used in SK lifting products that utilize such rollers. See document: Warranty (Attachment 11) * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty We do have two instances where the warranty is subject limited (a) This warranty does not apply where equipment has been damaged due to one full year abnormal wear, misuse, overloading, accident (including shipping), improper maintenance, alteration, improper fluid maintenance, or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described other causes “not the result of defective materials or workmanship.” (b) Stertil-Koni lifting equipment must be installed and serviced by Stertil-Koni factory trained and Stertil-Koni factory-authorized service technicians. Stertil- Koni lifting equipment not installed and serviced by Stertil-Koni factory trained and Stertil-Koni factory-authorized service technicians will result in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursvoided warranty. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at Yes, under the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsone (1) year labor timeframe of our warranty. Extended warranties Past the one (1) year, technicians' travel and preventative maintenance programs time are available that would include some travel timebillable. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities Members in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Not applicable: Stertil-Koni covers all geographic regions of the facilities and technicians available U.S. Warranty service is handled through our network of distributors. Each distributor has an assigned geographic area they are responsible to perform warranty throughout cover. See attachment 10 for the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicabledistributor listing. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerYes. All of our products are covered by our standard warranty - 1-year labor, 2 years parts. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeThe advanced heavy-ins for new equipmentduty lifting systems and related products offered by Stertil- Koni to Sourcewell members are provided after the completion of a comprehensive consultative sales process. The value for a Stertil-Koni, and our network of dedicated distributors, pride ourselves on the level of interaction we have with our customers to ensure the end-user gets the specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representativeequipment to fit his or her needs. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areaAs such, Stertil-Koni has not experienced the need for simply returning or exchanging to take the product back as returned. But, rest assured that customer satisfaction is the controlling principle at Stertil-Koni; and, if we could not satisfy the customer, we would gladly allow the product to be returned with no penalties. If a product is needed to be exchanged due to a problem that could not generally applicable to be remedied in the type of equipment we providefield, Stertil-Koni would exchange this product for an identical product and provide shipping both ways for the exchanged product. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts Because the type of equipment that Stertil-Koni sells (with the exception of mobiles) requires an installation phase or several installation phases there are available various options for purchaseboth installation and post-sale service requirements that are performed by our distributors. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardSuch options are generally speaking specifically given the particular equipment and demands and needs of the customer. As such, base, they are generally individualized approaches suited to the particular needs and premium coverage requirements of individual customers. Obviously Sourcewell would benefit from such options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe 50 What are your payment terms and accepted (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Stertil-Koni's payment methods. Payment Terms terms are Net 30. Cash30 * 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, Credit, or Financing especially those options that schools and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any governmental entities may need to use in order to make certain acquisitions? Not applicable: Stertil-Koni does not have a leasing plan or financing options available for use by educational at this time. * 52 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or governmental entitiessome other entity) will process the Sourcewell Members' purchase orders. The Dealer Network (Stertil-Koni's distributors) will be instrumental in the overall success of the Sourcewell / Stertil-Koni USA partnership and as such they will be very involved in the sales and order processing procedure. As it relates to the specific ordering process, we require that purchase orders from Sourcewell Members be issued to Stertil-Koni USA, rather than the Dealer Network. Of course, the distributors will be the main source of sales and the principal contact point with a Sourcewell Member as it relates to product demonstrations, setup and training, and regular customer service questions. That said, when it comes to issuing a purchase order, our distributors will know that the purchase order process is centralized. A variety centralized ordering point is also how the Stertil-Koni GSA contract is set up, and that procedure has worked extremely well. In fact, over the 10 years, we have held the GSA contract, all parties involved have had a very good experience with this arrangement. There are two main reasons why we recommend a centralized ordering point: a) Consistency, accuracy and contract compliance. All of leasing programs our distributors are availableindependent third parties. This includes standard leases As such, it would be virtually impossible for Stertil-Koni USA to guarantee contract compliance as well as leases with different it relates to pricing, discounts, and other terms and conditions if we don't see each purchase options at order. Thus, the end only way Stertil-Koni USA can guarantee 100% compliance is by processing all orders directly. b) Reporting: Centralizing all purchase orders through Stertil-Koni USA will also ensure that all sales are included in calculating and payment of the termadministrative fee to Sourcewell. Purchase Options We want to emphasize that one of Stertil-Koni USA's great strengths lies within our highly customer-oriented Dealer Network. Even though the purchasing process is centralized, all Sourcewell Members will receive the same level of service and follow up as if they placed their purchase orders locally. * Therefore, Stertil-Koni USA requires that all purchase orders from Sourcewell Members shall be issued to Stertil-Koni USA, Inc. by: E-mail: ▇▇▇▇▇▇@▇▇▇▇▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇ Mail: Stertil-Koni USA, Inc., ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ Fax: +▇ ▇▇▇-▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇ 53 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell Members for using predetermined or fair market values this process? No. At the current time, Stertil-Koni does not accept the P-card and payment process. However, we are open to exploring the opportunity. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budgetmade during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. Rates 54 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based Sourcewell discounted price) on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents all of the items that you propose want Sourcewell to use consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Stertil-Koni publishes and regularly updates a price list that contains all items that will vary by dealer locationbe offered to Sourcewell members. At the same time, there are a limited number of Open Market items, such as product installation for fixed lifts, which are not found on the published price list but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order are negotiated with, and agreed upon in partnership with the end-user before consummation of the sale. The Purchase Order for an item of this type is acceptablealways directed to Stertil- Koni. Canada: On request, Stertil-Koni USA, Inc. will provide quotes in Canadian Dollars that will remain valid for 30 days. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 53 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. For clarity, as a cloud solution, Workday does not have parts, and labor there are covered as described two separate warranties: First, the Workday cloud software Service warranty. Second, the Professional Service warranties. PTG offers both the standard Workday Service warranties found in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe Workday End User Subscription Agreement and Professional Service warranties found in the Professional Services Agreement for Workday Services. See documentAs for the Workday Service, Workday warrants that during the applicable subscription Order Term: Warranty (a) the overall Service (1) will not be materially decreased; and (2) will perform materially in accordance with the feature descriptions in the Documentation; and (b) to the best of Workday's knowledge, the Service does not contain, and Workday will not knowingly introduce, any Malicious Code. To configure the pre-existing Workday Service, the customer receives a Professional Services warranty. Our Professional Services Agreement requires PTG to re-perform any found deficiencies, and if re-performance is not successful, then PTG provides a refund for the affected service. * 47 54 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty No. The Workday Service and Professional Services warranties do not impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage. It is subject worth noting that commercially reasonable and industry standard disclaimers apply to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described the software and services warranties in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hourstheir respective transaction documents. * 48 55 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, because all warranty repair or replacement must claims can be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementshandled remotely. Extended Workday's reporting system for Service warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available is handled all remotely. Workday Professional Services can also be performed fully remotely. However, we recognize that would include some travel our customers do seek on-site presence from time-to-time. If a customer requests on-site performance relating to a warranty claim, PTG would bill the travel related expenses to the customer. * 49 56 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available PTG is eligible to provided certified consultants to perform warranty throughout re-performance in anywhere in the entire United States and States. At this time, PTG is only eligible to provide the proposed cloud offerings to customers in the United States. We do not currently have reseller rights in Canada. Sourcewell As a Value-Added Reseller of Workday, our customers have a first line of communication prior to navigating Workday's easy to use warranty claim system. For all Workday Service related warranty claims, participating entities would contact PTG with their concern. If it is an issue that will be provided resolved through Workday's warranty claim system, PTG would assist our customer in properly submitting the warranty notice. If it is a warranty issue related to our services, PTG and the customer would work through the warranty claim pursuant to the Professional Services Agreement. In both cases, the warranty claim would be filed and PTG or Workday, respectively, would re-perform in order to remedy the issue. This can be handled remotely, but if the Customer sought to have us in-person, PTG could be there. Workday handles its warranty claims remotely. We would re-perform, and if re-performance was not successfully completed, then PTG would refund the amounts paid for the affected service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 57 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on Yes for PTG's Professional Services. These types of services are the implementation services to configure the original equipment manufacturercustomer's Workday Service or services after Go-Live, such as Application Managed Services and Phase X Deployments. For these Professional Services, PTG directly offers our customers the services warranties and remedies. On the other hand, Workday's Software-as-a-Service warranties that are reported by a customer in Workday's Software-as-a-Service's error reporting system are handled by the software vendor, Workday. * 51 58 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeThe Workday Service is a pre-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product existing SaaS solution that is not generally subject to exchange and return programs and policies. However, PTG's Professional Services warranties do permit the customer to provide notice of a deficiency in the service and requires PTG to re-perform. If re-performance is ultimately unsuccessful, then PTG will refund the amounts paid for the applicable to the type of equipment we providedeficient service. * 52 59 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available Through PTG's Professional Services Agreement, PTG offers customers initial Workday Implementation Services for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases the Subscription functionality as well as leases with different purchase post implementation Application Managed Services (“AMS”) through an AMS Statement of Work. The PTG initial implementation will be developed based on the individual customer requirements and will be clearly documented in an agreed upon statement of work. Customers have implementation options at that range from the end development of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments a customized implementation approach (My Way) to a member’s budgetvery prescriptive best in class business process approach to implement Workday. Rates Post go-live, the customer and terms can vary PTG will plan an AMS Statement of Work that provides for either a number of hours for PTG to support the customer existing needs or specific deliverables that the customer is seeking. Generally, PTG's AMS consultants work limited hours per week to support the customer. While PTG's implementation services work to ensure that our customers are trained and be tailored able to maintain their Workday tenant after Go Live, PTG's AMS Services offers customers ongoing support for client operational needs after the members needs and based customer is successfully Live on their applicationWorkday. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose in detail your performance standards or guarantees, including conditions and requirements to use in connection with an awarded contract qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction 60 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Workday's SLA Commitments and Standards. Workday's Software as a Service (“Service”) is based on a multi- tenanted operating model that applies common, consistent management practices for all customers using the service. This common operating model allows Workday to provide the high level of service reflected in our business agreements. Workday's Production Support and Service Level Availability Policy (“SLA”) conveys its service level availability and production support commitments to its customers. As described in the SLA, which is submitted in this Proposal, Workday will provide Customer with support 24x7x365 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year) in accordance with the SLA. As Workday continues to innovate its Service, the SLA is updated from time to time. Workday's Other Service Commitments and Standards. Workday commits to comply with all laws in connection with its performance of the Agreement. It will also perform materially in accordance with the Workday Documentation, the functionality will not decrease during the term of the subscription, and, to the best of Workday's knowledge, the Service does not contain any malicious code. PTG's Professional Services Commitments and Standards. Similarly, PTG shall comply with all laws applicable to our Professional Services, including those related to data privacy, international communications and the transmission of technical or personal data. PTG (i) shall perform the obligations described in each Statement of Work in a professional and workmanlike manner; (ii) to the best of PTG's knowledge, the Deliverable(s) does not contain any Malicious Code; and (iii) will not knowingly introduce any Malicious Code into the Deliverable(s). * 61 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) PTG's Professional Services standards and commitments are described below per category. Project Management Our approach is based on time-tested Project Management processes and includes principles of effective project governance and close cooperation between our Project Managers and Customer's Streeting Committees and Project Management teams. This cooperation results in centralized and coordinated project oversight and management with activities that include establishing project vision, monitoring compliance with project standards, project health reporting, risk and issue management, resource management, coaching and mentoring, and quality management services. PTG Project Teams engage Customers to jointly manage Project Plans, schedule, resources, and possible scope changes. Following established project management principles, we develop Project Plans, confirm project scope, and review and confirm the key strategies to maintain on-going project team communication, and risk and change management. The approved Project Plan and Project Statement of Work are the mechanism by which the project management team monitors project progress and serve as the baseline against which we identify any potential changes in the scope of services. The Project Plan also identifies assigned resources, deliverables, and timing of the key deliverables. Scope change management is concerned with influencing the factors that ensure changes are beneficial, justified, and budgeted. Potential changes can be initiated from a variety of areas including business, human resource, technology, and schedule. If these changes are not effectively managed and controlled, “scope creep” will be certain to occur and will prevent the Project Team from meeting the agreed schedule. Unplanned increases in scope may also impact on the established budget. In order to maintain the integrity of the scope, schedule, budget, and performance baselines that have been established, all change requests flow through PTG's formal Scope Change Management Process which includes the following activities: • Scope Change Requests (SCRs) are reviewed initially with the Project Manager to assess the overall impact on the project and the need to complete a more thorough analysis and escalate if required. • If additional information is needed, Project Manager conducts a more thorough Impact Assessment to gather the required information to complete the SCR form, then bring it to the next weekly project review meeting or immediately escalate to Project Sponsor, depending on time sensitivity. • Once SCR is completed, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇'s Project Sponsor (or their delegate) either approves or rejects the request and the project plans are adjusted accordingly. Customer's Executive Sponsor(s) establish a Steering Committee for the Project that serves as the escalation point for proposed changes in scope. PTG and Executive Sponsor(s) participate on the Steering Committee. If a change in scope, resources, or timeline is requested, the suggested change is first reviewed and analyzed by the PTG's and Customer's Project Managers. Based on this analysis, the PTG Project Manager develops options that can be taken and their potential impacts on the project. The options are presented to the Steering Committee. The Steering Committee makes the final decision and signs off on the change order if that is determined to be the appropriate course of action. PTG documents all changes in scope, resources, or timelines even if they do not result in a price change. Communication and transparency are critical to the success of Workday deployments. PTG team holds recurring meetings with Customer to facilitate effective communication. These meetings include weekly project team meetings, weekly meetings for each specific functional team, integrations teams, and data teams. The Steering Committee holds monthly meetings during the first stages of the project and then moves to bi-weekly or weekly during the Test Stage and closer to Go-Live. PTG and Customer publish meeting agendas and minutes for all meetings. PTG is utilizing PTG Project Portal based on Smartsheet®, a web-based application that can be run from any internet browser. PTG Project Portal has been developed for Workday deployments and organizes the files by project stage, functional area and provides functionality for team calendars, integration inventory and status, test scenario tracking and reporting. The Portal offers easy access to all project resources and communication, such as detailed project schedules, plans, reports, and supplementary dashboards. Risk Management PTG's project teams follow a structured approach to identify, record, report, and escalate project issues. Deployment Leads report issues and risks to the Project Managers on a weekly basis. All issues are entered into an Issue Log and the progress is tracked until the issue is resolved or closed. The Project Managers discuss options for minimizing the unfavorable impact of identified issues and take appropriate action. The Project Managers may also escalate issues to risk status when the project issues and impacts are not or cannot be resolved. A summary of reported issues is incorporated into the monthly status reports and are discussed in detail during the weekly project status meetings. Project communication is key to risk management. Issue and risks must be documented and addressed as soon as they surface. Transparency is important as risks must be brought out and discussed within the appropriate teams to ensure they are mitigated. We also continually focus on the anticipation of project risks so we can curtail them before they even occur. Quality Management At PTG, we believe the ultimate measure of success is customer satisfaction. PTG's Quality Management System focuses on proactively defining objective measures of customer success and requires that all services are provided by PTG consistently utilizing exceptional standards. These standards assure uniformity in the development and production of our services. The quality system is in place from the time an opportunity is identified until the customer's requirements have been met, resulting in a service that meets or exceeds the expectations of all our customers. Quality assurance and peer reviews play a crucial role during the implementation by ensuring that each phase of the project meets the highest standards, thereby significantly reducing errors and improving the end product's reliability. Due to the inherent cross-functional implications within Workday, quality assurance and peer reviews help drive overall success by ensuring our team has guided the client through decisions holistically and not via individual silos. Key to ensuring quality with our customer implementations is to prepare and train each customer-facing employee with information about the latest features. Because Workday is highly configurable, it is important that we ensure the quality of our implementations via audit and oversight. Our implementation process includes verification steps where the team reviews the system configuration before going into production. We also believe it is integral to Workday's success to involve customers in every step of our Development and Delivery processes. Customer teams are required to sign-off after each Stage in the project to ensure that all requirements are configured and tested. Each Stage will vary by dealer locationbe documented with the deliverables as outlined in the Implementation Methodology. * 62 Describe your data integrity and protection standards, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptabledata backup, recovery, and secure storage solutions. *To protect customer data, Workday has detailed operating policies, procedures, and processes for their data centers, network, and applications. DATA CENTERS Workday applications are hosted in state-of-the-art data centers with fully redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. The data centers adhere to strict physical and environmental security measures. The facilities require multiple levels of

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, the warranty covers all products/equipment parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementslabor. See document: Warranty * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hoursNo, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursthe warranty does not impose usage limit restrictions. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard PURVIS offers a standard warranty that provides 24/7/365 remote only coverage and does not include on-site technical support. An optional upgraded warranty that includes on-site repair or replacement must be made at is available and covers the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties expense of technicians travel time and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timemileage. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? ▇▇▇▇▇▇ will not be serving Hawaii, Alaska, Canada, and the US Islands through a Sourcewell contract award. We have the facilities and technicians available can provide a certified technician to perform warranty throughout repairs in all other geographic areas of the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities that we will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicableserving under a Sourcewell contract. * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties The ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Fire Station Alerting System is comprised of mostly commercial off the shelf (COTS) components. PURVIS will be passed provide a one (1) year remote warranty on to all components that are provided as part of this proposal. The PURVIS provided warranty typically meets or exceeds the original equipment manufacturermanufacturer warranty. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇ does not accept returns. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins will exchange items if damaged or in need of repair as part of our warranty program. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ warrants that during the Warranty and Maintenance Period, the Hardware provided by PURVIS will be free of defects in materials and workmanship, and conform to specifications set forth in this proposal. Any defective items will be removed and shipped to PURVIS (RI office) by the customer for new equipmentrepair or replacement. The value for Warranty does not include the cost of shipping. For hardware failures that result in a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the critical system operation failure, PURVIS' responsibility under this warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability is to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable deliver to the type customer within 1 business day of equipment we providedetermination by PURVIS that the Hardware provided by PURVIS has failed and does not conform to the warranty, a replacement Hardware device or component. The customer is responsible for shipping the failed hardware device or component to ▇▇▇▇▇▇ (RI office) upon receipt of the replacement part. * 52 48 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts ▇▇▇▇▇▇' follow-on Maintenance and Support program is an optional annual service contract that can be structured to provide the same coverage as is provided in the base Warranty and Maintenance program. The standard follow-on Maintenance and Support option provides 24x7x365 remote only technical support and includes: • Hardware and Software Warranty • Help Desk Support • Emergency Services • Software Support with Remote access • Software Version Upgrades An upgraded follow-on Maintenance and Support option is available and includes 24x7x365 on-site technical support in addition to the remote technical support identified above. The ▇▇▇▇▇▇ FSAS annual preventative maintenance is included with the on-site technical support option. * 49 What are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted (e.g., net 10, net 30)? ▇▇▇▇▇▇'▇ payment methods. Payment Terms terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 50 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different PURVIS offers tax exempt municipal lease purchase options (3, 5, 7 & 10 years). PURVIS will not be providing any financing options. * 51 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. All orders will originate with our sales department. Our sales personnel will work closely with the customer to understand the customer's needs and configure a solution that meets the customer's requirements and budget considerations. PURVIS will provide the customer with a detailed proposal, based on the Sourcewell pricelist, that clearly identifies the solution that will be delivered and the scope of work. Once the proposal meets the customer's expectations, PURVIS' contracts team with work with the customer's contracts department to finalize terms and conditions and execute a signed agreement. Our contracts team will also communicate with Sourcewell during this process as required. PURVIS does not have a dealer network. * 52 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? PURVIS does not accept the P Card procurement and payment process at this time. However, we do accept credit card payments. * Provide detailed pricing information in the end questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 53 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents items that you propose want Sourcewell to use consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents ▇▇▇▇▇▇ is utilizing a Line-Item Pricing Model with a Sourcewell member discounted price off of the MSRP price. All pricing reflects a quantity of 1, with the availability of volume discounts which are based on individual customer needs and will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order be determined through discussions with each customer. Our Pricelist is acceptableincluded in the Documents upload section of our response. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials RTL warrants our products up to the expiration date printed on the packaging of the product. Devices should not be used beyond the date of expiration. We will replace any device that malfunctions at no expense to members as long as it is within the expiration date range. Shipping for replacement or defective parts required to be returned will be paid for by Redwood. We encourage our clients to notify us immediately if they suspect device malfunction so we may replace the product and labor are covered as described recall any outstanding product in manufacturer Warranty Statementsa timely manner. See document: Warranty * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject N/A - RTL's on-site devices and laboratory supplies are only meant to one full year or 1,000 hoursbe used once (i.e., whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursone-time collection), so this specification does not apply. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made N/A – None of our offered products require repairs at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timea client's location. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided serviceN/warranty repair in A – None of our dealeroffered products require repairs at a client's shops or on the job site when applicablelocation. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Most products offered by RTL in this proposal are made by companies owned by ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Laboratories, and that operate under the same Global Business Unit. The warranty information provided in the sections above will be passed on to stand, regardless of who manufactured the original equipment manufacturerdevice/product. RTL invoicing will indicate replacement parts or refunds. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins As noted above, RTL will replace any device that malfunctions at no expense to members as long as it is within the expiration date range. Shipping for new equipmentreplacement or defective parts required to be returned will be paid for by RTL. The value for We encourage our clients to notify us immediately if they suspect device malfunction so we may replace the product in a specific piece can be discussed timely manner. RTL's returns process includes measures imposed by our Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) department in line with a member regulatory compliance and their local Vermeer representativeoversight protocols. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability Our strong adherence to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areathese protocols ultimately leads to better processes, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideproducts, and customer satisfaction. * RTL will not accept returned product for reasons other than malfunctioning or damage as covered under our warranty, or other than a mistake in order placement on the part of RTL. Any costs associated with the return of product due to participating member absence or inability to accept delivery will result in the participating member being charged for product. All claims must be made within thirty (30) days from date of invoice. 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts RTL's products and services do not require any sort of routine maintenance or servicing. However, as stated previously, we are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardhappy to provide ongoing training regarding device use, basespecimen labeling, and premium coverage optionspackaging for laboratory testing, ToxAccess reporting, and developing drug use trends. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entitiesWe offer training free of charge to our customers. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase on-location, webinar, and web-based options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can will be used available to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationour Sourcewell member clients. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose in detail your performance standards or guarantees, including conditions and requirements to use in connection with an awarded contract qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction documents will vary 53 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services (chain of custody procedures, quality assurance, etc.) OUR LABORATORY QUALITY PROGRAM RTL is committed to providing clients with results that are accurate, valid, based on standard procedures, compliant with evidentiary standards, compliant with mandated government or other prevailing regulatory requirements for clinical and/or forensic toxicology laboratories, and obtained in an effective and efficient manner. We maintain several licenses and accreditations and are subject to audits to maintain licensure/accreditation. Further, as a wholly owned subsidiary of Abbott, RTL employs a laboratory quality system devised to meet the regulatory requirements of laboratory operations and to align with the Abbott Quality System. Our quality systems consider all key stages of the testing process from collection of samples and analysis to the interpretation and reporting of results. We have quality processes established in the following areas: • Documentation, Records and Data Control • Organization and Quality Management • Customer Focus • Buildings and Facilities • Environmental, Health and Safety • Personnel and Resource Management • Purchasing Controls • Equipment • Process Management: Measurement, Analysis and Improvement • Laboratory Controls • Information Management • Nonconforming Event Management • Assessments Monitoring of the effectiveness and efficiency of our processes is performed by dealer locationan internal Quality team that regularly audits laboratory processes, but typically functions, and outcomes and oversees planned corrective actions/preventative actions (CAPAs). The Quality team at RTL is currently made up of 6 full-time staff: a signed sales Senior Quality Engineer, a Document Control Specialist, two Quality Contractors, a Quality Technician, and a Quality Director. PROFICIENCY TESTING RTL's lab utilizes routine internal and external proficiency testing measures to monitor testing processes and result accuracy on an ongoing basis. • Internal Blind Proficiency Testing: RTL maintains an internal blind proficiency program that submits blind proficiency specimens daily. The blinds are tested by both screen and confirmation procedures. Testing of personnel is included in this process. The internal blind proficiency testing program allows monitoring of specimen unloading, chain of custody, computer accessioning, screening, confirmation procedures, certification of final results, and reporting of final results. This allows evaluation of all laboratory personnel involved with the testing and reporting processes. * • External Blind Proficiency Testing: As mentioned previously, RTL subscribes to the following external proficiency testing agencies: o American Association of Bioanalysts o Pennsylvania State Department of Health's Proficiency Testing Services o College of American Pathologists Urine Drug Screening & Confirmation o RTI International • Additional Monitoring Measures: In addition to the blind quality control specimens, the following components are monitored on an ongoing basis with systems checks or procedures to evaluate ongoing laboratory performance with limits of acceptability established for each component: • Patient Test Management • Quality Control • Correlation of Test Results • Personnel Competence • Communication of Results • Complaints • Quality Documentation CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCEDURES RTL's chain of custody procedures document complete specimen and aliquot handling and processing from receipt through screening, confirmation and storage. This complete documentation is proven to be forensically defensible in courts of law. RTL supplies the necessary collection supplies and chain of custody forms for use by the participating member or their third party collector. Additionally, RTL provides training on all chain of custody procedures. RAPID TEST DEVICE QUALITY MONITORING ▇▇▇▇▇▇'▇ Toxicology division maintains a devoted quality assurance team that provides ongoing monitoring of complaints in order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *to improve our rapid drug test products and to quickly assess issues as they arise.

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty StatementsNot applicable. See document: Warranty Our proposal does not include any equipment, machinery, analyzers, or other hardware. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year Not applicable. Our proposal does not include any equipment, machinery, analyzers, or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursother hardware. * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair Not applicable. Our proposal does not include any equipment, machinery, analyzers, or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeother hardware. * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and CanadaNot applicable. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops Our proposal does not include any equipment, machinery, analyzers, or on the job site when applicableother hardware. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerNot applicable. Our proposal does not include any equipment, machinery, analyzers, or other hardware. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins All product returns must be authorized through Cordant's Customer Service Department prior to being returned. Returns will only be authorized on defective instant test devices. In the event a client receives an expired device(s) these are considered defective and will be replaced to the client at no cost. Exchanges for new equipmentinstant test kit supplies can be accommodated in the event the error is made by Cordant. Return shipping and replacement will not be charged to the client. The value client invoice will be corrected to reflect the correct device pricing. All other exchanges or refunds will be handled directly by Cordant's third- party vendors. The client will be respons ble for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable products to the type of equipment we providemanufacturer and paying any applicable restocking fees. Refunds, exchanges, and returns do not apply to laboratory-based testing where testing was conducted. Refunds, exchanges, and returns do not apply to collection services when collections are performed. Invoice adjustments will be made in the event a billing error occurred. All invoice adjustments must be approved by management. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Support services including client services, toxicology interpretation, logistics, contracting, billing, etc. are included with our services into the cost of testing for all clients. Testimony services can be requested as needed and billed accordingly per our attached cost proposal. Please see Table 6: Ability to Sell and Deliver Service, Line Item 28, Service contracts Force, for a more detailed list of our key services that will support Sourcewell participating entities. Cordant is one of very few toxicology companies that offers drug testing in four different specimen types (urine, oral fluid, blood, hair). We have the ability to customize the testing program for each of our clients. As such, we can create any number of panels that are available needed to meet the requirements of Sourcewell participating entities. We understand that testing options need to be customizable at the individual level as well as at the group level. Panels can also be easily and quickly reconfigured for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardnew emerging drugs, baseregional trends, and premium coverage optionsindividual program needs. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. CashTesting can be structured in a variety of flow paths, Creditfor example, screen only, screen to automatically confirm, or Financing an add-on confirmation. Each Sourcewell participating entity can structure their testing to fit the needs of their individual organization. Please see our cost proposal for the variety of pricing and Leasing testing options available. * 54 Describe any leasing in detail your performance standards or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entitiesguarantees, including conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. A variety You may upload representative samples of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *response in addition to responding to the questions below.

Line Item Question Response. 46 45 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Ring-O-Matic warrants each new industrial equipment of Ring-O-Matic's manufacture to be free of defects in material and labor workmanship, under normal use and service for one full year after initial purchase/retail sale or 1,000 operating hours, whichever occurs first. This limited warranty shall apply only to complete machines of Ring-O-Matic's manufacture. Parts are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsby a separate limited warranty. See document: Warranty Equipment and accessories not of Ring-▇-▇▇▇▇▇▇ manufacture are warranted only to the extent of the original manufacturers warranty and subject to their allowance to Ring-O-Matic (only if found to be defective by such manufacturer) Engines, blowers and water pumps fall into this category. * 47 46 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts Operating equipment outside of its intended use and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hourslimitations could affect warranty coverage. * 48 47 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair Warranty work will take place through a Ring-O-Matic dealer, transportation cost, if any, to or replacement must be made at from the Ring-O-Matic dealer and travel time of Ring-O-Matic dealers service personel to make repairs on the purchasers sight or other location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timenot covered under this warranty. * 49 48 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Ring-O-Matic has the facilities and technicians available ability to provide a certified technician, either through our dealer network or directly through Ring-O-Matic, to perform warranty throughout repairs to all geographic regions of the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 49 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on Equipment and accessories not of Ring-▇-▇▇▇▇▇▇ manufacture are warranted only to the extent of the original equipment manufacturers warranty and subject to their allowance to Ring-O-Matic (only if found to be defective by such manufacturer) Engines, blowers and water pumps fall into this category. * 51 50 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for Our exchange an return programs and policies are handled on a specific piece can be discussed case by case basis in conjunction with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideour dealer network. * 52 51 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Many of our dealers offer service contracts are available for purchaseat the point of sale with end users. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® Ring-O- Matic also offers extended warranties to purchase with standardour equipment. * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See document: Warranty You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 52 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Due to the nature of our equipment, guarantees are condition and site specific, in the event of downtime, loaner machines can be offered. * 53 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Between service and production, Ring-O-Matic practices Lean manufacturing principles along with 5S principles. * 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods? Payment terms on orders made through the Sourcewell contract are net 30 days. Payment Terms Acceptable payment methods are Net 30. Cashcash/check, Creditbank wire ($25 wiring fee), or Financing and Leasing available. credit card (%2.5 credit card fee) * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Many of leasing programs are availableour dealers offer lease and finance options. This includes standard leases as well as leases Ring-O-Matic also works with different purchase Great America Financial Services for financing options at the for end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationuse customers. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents Ring-O-Matic will vary by dealer locationaccept orders using the buying entities standard purchase order documentation with purchase order number. Upon receipt of the purchase order document, but typically we will provide the buying entity a signed sales order and/or purchase acknowledgement for their records, please see example of the sales order acknowledgement in the uploaded documents * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is acceptablethere any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Unfortunately, Ring-O-Matic does not accept P-card procurement and payment process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Our pricing model is a percentage discount from published MSRP. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Not all manufactures warranty will cover parts and labor, but the optional extended warranties will cover all parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsfor all products when added to the unit either pre-sale or post sale. See document: Warranty attached standard warranty information. * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty We do not impose usage restrictions. Life Fitness warranties cover defects in material and workmanship for the time specified in the owners manual when the equipment is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms used per design and hoursintent. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes. If the manufactures warranty repair includes labor or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties if extended labor warranty is added to product, then all travel, mileage, and preventative maintenance programs time are available covered under that would include some travel time. warranty, * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We No. All regions in the US and Canada will have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities service coverage by a Life Fitness certified tech, It will be provided a combination of Life Fitness direct techs, Individual service providers (ISO) or our dealer network techs that will ensure complete customer satisfaction as it relates to service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. See attached document labeled Question 26 * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentLife Fitness always strives to put the customer first and ensure complete purchasing satisfaction. The value for standard return/exchange policy carries a specific piece can 20% restocking fee after any product that has already shipped from our factory. However, every purchase where this occurs, will be discussed with evaluated and handled on a member and their local Vermeer representativecase by case basis depending on the underlying circumstances. With Our goal is to always provide the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablebest customer experience possible. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 50 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Warranties cover Urban Radar products, including our web-based platform and apps. The Terms & Conditions, Support Process and Service Level Agreement (uploaded to the Portal) provide details about our support service. Urban Radar's customer service is available Monday-Friday on a toll- free number for extended hours from 8am Eastern time to 6pm Pacific time. Response time and dispatch are immediate. Parts of labor are covered as described not applicable. Any third-party hardware deployed in manufacturer Warranty Statementsconjunction with Urban Radar products will be required to have their own warranty policy. See document: Warranty * 47 51 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year Our warranties cover the quality of product provided as specified in the contract and any subsequent written agreements with our customers. Warranties do not impose any restrictions or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursother limitations on coverage. * 48 52 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty Given the web-based nature of Urban Radar's products, this question does not apply. In the unlikely event that travel on site is required, this will be discussed with the Client. Any warranties regarding hardware repair and technician travel time to perform repairs should be discussed with equipment manufacturer/hardware vendor. Some support calls may require further analysis of the Client's database, processes or replacement setup to diagnose a problem or to assist with a question. Urban Radar will, at its discretion, use an industry-standard remote support tool. Urban Radar's support team must be made at have the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsability to quickly connect to the Client's system and view the site's setup, diagnose problems, or assist with screen navigation. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are More information about the remote support tool Urban Radar uses is available that would include some travel timeupon request. * 49 53 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have For Urban Radar products, technical support is virtually available in all geographic regions of the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. * 50 54 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties These warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 55 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeOur SLA and Terms and Conditions reflect our exchange and return programs and policies. Should the services provided by Urban Radar not meet the objectives of the Client, Urban Radar will cancel the contract and reimburse any subscription pro-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providerata. * 52 56 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service Professional services contracts are available for purchase- particularly those looking to modify or customize elements of Urban Radar products (e.g., data visualization features, key indicators, dashboard functionalities) - may be proposed. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, baseA scope of work will need to be received from the Client, and premium coverage optionsUrban Radar will subsequently submit a proposal with a detailed work plan and associated pricing. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms This addendum will be entered in the sales and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cashcontract management workflow to ensure its full capture in the Urban Radar/Sourcewell set of documentation and audit trail (Questions 29, Credit, or Financing 30 and Leasing available64). * 54 Describe any leasing in detail your performance standards or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entitiesguarantees, including conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. A variety You may upload representative samples of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract your performance materials (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your responseresponse in addition to responding to the questions below. Transaction documents 57 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Urban Radar functions on both Google Cloud and its proprietary servers to ensure redundancy, heightened security, and reliability. In both instances, it consistently updates to the latest server configurations and employs multiple availability zones to ensure a 99.9% infrastructure uptime guarantee. Over the past four years, Urban Radar has experienced zero measurable downtime. Our Customer Service is available Monday-Friday on a toll free number for extended hours from 8am Eastern time to 6pm Pacific time. Response time and dispatch is immediate. Our customers have access to our ticket management system 24/7. The ticket management system enables our customer service team to quickly narrow down any issues to resolve it as efficiently as possible. Further information on support turnaround guarantees can be found in Question 30 and the accompanying documentation. * 58 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Urban Radar has uploaded its Support Service Level Agreement to the Portal which provides details on our incident priority categorization and response targets by severity level. We operate in a secure, scalable, reliable cloud and physical server environment that has provided an average solution up-time in excess of 99.99% over the past 12 months. Urban Radar's processes and workflows ▇▇▇▇▇▇ efficiency and reliability which is tracked with multiple metrics in every operating function of the company: technology development, project delivery satisfaction and performance, sales effectiveness, market penetration, service delivery, support issue resolution, including automated resolution, etc. The quality of service is what drives value for our customers. Urban Radar technology deployments combine a highly structured implementation protocol with a culture of 100% client satisfaction. This is how we meet without fail our clients requirements as well as surpassing them by identifying the improvements needed to help meet the client's main objectives. For example, our implementation KPIs include: - Objectives and expected outcome of the client - Identification of stakeholders for the implementation - Implementation timeline - Work requirements by each party - Deliverables schedule - Ongoing feedback loop - Outcome measurement - Improvements. Our service performance KPIs include: - Service Level Agreement (SLA) for service standards and guarantees - Adjustments of the SLA where required - Product roll out - Monitoring of product utilization - Product improvement from customer service team - Ongoing feedback loop - Outcome measurement - Improvements. * 59 Describe how you will vary measure cost savings and/or performance improvements with the utilization of your solutions. Urban Radar products make public sector decision making more efficient and less expensive, while helping sustainable urban planning policies to succeed. Our team will work with clients to determine precise metrics to determine cost savings and performance improvements needed through Urban Radar product use, which may include: - Cost comparison between classic consulting studies and Urban Radar product deployment - Time comparison between classic consulting studies and Urban Radar product deployment - Time between Urban Radar product deployment and policy change (e.g., change in curb space allocation and/or parking regulations) - Traffic and congestion analysis (e.g., average travel time by dealer location, but typically vehicle type on main travel corridors or streets before and after Urban Radar product deployment) - Number of double parked cars in a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *set geographic area before and after Urban Radar product deployment.

Line Item Question Response. 46 47 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials and labor of our products are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsby our general warranty. See document: Warranty If an item is covered under warranty that will include parts and labor. * 47 48 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty Our warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first valid when products are used as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursdirected. * 48 49 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Our general warranty would cover shipping costs to return items for any repair or replacement must be made at work covered under the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timewarranty. * 49 50 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Fire-Dex works with several independent service providers throughout the facilities US and technicians available Canada that we authorize to perform repair work under warranty. Fire-Dex's subsidiary, Fire-Dex GW, LLC dba Gear Wash, is the largest Fully Verified Independent Service Provider (ISP) of PPE care and maintenance in the world and used for performing work under warranty at one of our 10 locations throughout the entire United States and CanadaStates. Sourcewell entities Warranty requests should be submitted through the customer service representative for the coverage area who will be provided service/direct you to the nearest warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on facility to send the job site when applicableitems. * 50 51 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Fire-Dex will be passed on to the original equipment manufactureronly warranty items manufactured by Fire-Dex and is not offering items made by other manufacturers. * 51 52 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeFire-ins for new equipmentDex does not accept returns or exchanges on custom items unless they are deemed defective. The value for a specific piece Any stock items can be discussed exchanged or returned with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we providerestocking fee applied. * 52 53 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts Fire-Dex does not offer any service contract options in the proposal. * Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, including conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 54 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Fire-Dex prides itself on our performance standards and quality of workmanship. During our manufacturing of products gear goes through 17 inspection points throughout the process. Each team and section has an inspection station with electronic access to specifications and WI's. Fire-Dex has a data collection system to monitor in process quality and productivity and provide quality incentives to insure "Right the First Time" for all sewers. Fire-Dex guarantees high quality workmanship and through continually inspecting not only our products but processes to ensure we best meet our mission of "serving those who serve". * 55 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Fire-Dex is ISO 9001:2015 compliant with an operating culture based upon continuous improvement and process excellence. Fire-Dex has strict process and product controls to ensure the accuracy of all finished products. The Company ensures all methods and procedures used in design and manufacturing are available for purchaserepeatable and robust to meet the high demands of the first responders they supply. Quality Equipment and Facilities Fire-Dex has invested in its facilities and standard processes to ensure the reliability and functionality of its equipment meet the demands of custom production. The equipment consists of state-of-the-art CAD/CAM cutting software and equipment to safeguard the accuracy of custom order production. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® important to note that the company maintains strict controls between design software and manufacturing software. This eliminates the possibility of changing patterns in the manufacturing arena and further heightens our commitment to pinpoint order accuracy. Fire-Dex uses “error proofing” techniques embedded in the pattern design to attain order accuracy throughout sewing operations. The Fire-Dex facility is divided into work cells to promote continuous inspection and efficient flow of material to heighten order quality. Fire-Dex abides by a philosophy that quality is built into a product, yet there are minimum of 17 inspection stations throughout the process to protect order accuracy. Fire-Dex has a sophisticated testing lab within the Medina, Ohio headquarters. The lab is supplied with standardnumerous testing devices that are outlined in test requirements for NFPA standards. The lab is used for routine inspection of raw materials, basefinished goods, and premium coverage optionsis used in combination with third party testing labs to facilitate annual re-certification and development of new products. See document: Warranty Systems Fire-Dex has a state-of-the-art document management system, with tight editorial controls, that are available to all associates. Forms, documents, procedures, and detailed work instructions are available to every employee with “point and click” access at terminals strategically located throughout the facility. As such, Fire-Dex has rigorous process and product change control procedures to eliminate variation and instill repeatability of the products we manufacture. Fire-Dex also has sophisticated data collection systems to monitor product quality for continuous improvement to the products and effectiveness of the quality management system. All quality metrics are visible to all associates to engage them in the ongoing maintenance and enhancement of the system. Quality records are maintained according to ISO standards and lot traceability is maintained electronically in accordance to NFPA standards. Fire-Dex has a full time Quality Compliance Coordinator, teams of internal auditors, Six Sigma Green Belts, and Six Sigma Black Belts on staff full time. Fire-Dex has a thorough new employee and ongoing employee training program. Fire-Dex continually invests in its staff by providing ongoing quality education programs both internally and with local University's in the area. Fire-Dex actively participates in NFPA standards development and has participated on the committees for greater than 15 years. Records Maintenance Fire-Dex maintains all records required by NFPA 1971 detailing construction of and testing the materials used in manufacturing garments. * 53 56 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms Fire-Dex payment terms are Net net 30. CashAccepted payment methods are check, Creditwire transfer, or Financing and Leasing availablecredit card. * 54 57 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are Fire-Dex distributors have various financing options available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 58 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer locationFire-Dex uses a custom website for quoting and ordering products. Order must be placed through this site which includes standard terms and conditions with each order placed. Examples attached. * 59 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, but typically is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Fire-Dex does not accept the P-card procurement and payment process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 60 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableSKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Fire-Dex has included our full price list for this contract proposal. Fire-Dex would like to offer a 45% discount from list for all items included in the price list provided. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials For the applicable warranty period, ▇▇▇▇▇ warranties its products against any defects in material and workmanship including any parts or labor are covered necessary to remedy the warranty claim. Please see standard warranty policy for Canada and the USA in supporting documents along with our certificates: Full machine standard warranty is provided - 1 year or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, as described outlined in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe standard warranty document. See document: Warranty (These warranties cover parts and labor) Engine -two years or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. N/A * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard ▇▇▇▇▇ warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some providies travel time, up to four -hours round trip, if in the opinion of the VENDOR, the product cannot reasonably be transported to business of a ▇▇▇▇▇ authorized Service Center or other source approved by ▇▇▇▇▇ (travel labor in excess of fourhours round trip, any meals, mileage, lodging, etc. are the owner's responsibility) * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicable. NO * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on We coordinate all warranty claims through our local dealer network. The dealer's professional service department have all the necessary relationships to coordinate any and all warranty claims for the original equipment manufacturercomponent manufacturers involved in the construction of the ▇▇▇▇▇ product, and this, in conjunction with ▇▇▇▇▇. This ensures a simple, single-point-of-contact for all services after the sale. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇ Reman remanufactures an extensive line of components ranging from transmission, gear box, planetary and complete engines. These products are competitively priced and offer "Same as New" warranty. ▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins ▇▇▇▇▇'s quality remanufacturing process requires that all cores be completely disassembled, thoroughly cleaned, and inspected for damage to ensure they meet or exceed our rigid reusability guidelines. All wear items are replaced with new equipmentparts. The value for a specific piece can be discussed Once the remanufacturing process has been completed, all units are fully tested to ensure they meet industry standards and to provide the customer with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideunequalled performance. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseOur dealer network offers preventive maintenance programs.They also offer a variety of preventive maintenance programs and tool tailored to each department need. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty (Examples provided in the supporting documents) * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30Standard payment term for ▇▇▇▇▇ product is payment in full upon delivery. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableOn occasion our dealers will make special term arrangement with their customers. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety Leasing solution are offered through our dealer. Also, we have DLL who offer wide range of leasing programs are availableproducts and services includes loans and lease products. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the termExamples provided in supporting Document. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. Pricing upload) * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents All documentation is internal between ▇▇▇▇▇ and the dealerships. However, the dealers have been trained on how to properly invoice a Sourcewell transaction to clearly show the Sourcewell contract number, as well as the Sourcewell discount, on their final invoice to the end customer. We have provided samples of our pricing and order form. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? N/A * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Our equipment model is based on a percentage discount of the manufacturer list price. ▇▇▇▇▇ give 5% discount on the MSRP * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. Sourcewell members benefit from a 5% discount off the Standard List Price (MSRP) * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. Quantity discount: 3-9 units = additionnal 2% 10 + =additionnal 5% * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. Sourced products will be priced using a cost-plus model. For the purpose of this proposal, Sourcewell members will be quoted cost + 20% through the dealer network for any item that must besourced externally. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. Dealer Provided goods and services: Customer requested nonfactory goods/services will be quoted by dealer.Set-Up and Installation fees: Dealer applied charges that cover their costs for installing and ensuring the proper operation. The set-up fee and installation fees are quoted buy the dealer. Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI): A PDI is performed on all new machine purchases to ensure proper fluid levels, check system pressures, verify accurate system operation, and cleaning of the unit prior to delivery. The cost of the PDI is quoted by the dealer and will vary by dealer locationbuy machine model and complexity. Taxes: Local taxes, but typically if applicable, will be assessed. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. ▇▇▇▇▇ has tremendous leveraging power as manufacturers with inbound and outbound freight costs and we will pass all savings into the members. Freight, delivery, or shipping are prepaid and added on the member's order as a signed sales order and/or purchase order pass-trough cost. The member has the option of picking up or hiring a third-party to retrieve the prder. Freight is acceptableFOB shipping point unless otherwise discussed and noted during the quoting process. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 83 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, all products, parts and labor labor provided by TEI. Parts that fail under normal wear and tear and are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsunder an active standard level maintenance agreement with TEI, will have an unlimited warranty. See document: Warranty * 47 84 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. No * 48 85 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. Yes * 49 86 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities If TEI provides and technicians available to installs a product, part or labor, we will perform warranty throughout repairs as outlined or required in the entire United States entities master agreement, site adder or any active agreement executed by TEI and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerespective entity. * 50 87 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to Yes, we provide full warranty service for other manufacturers items as outlined or required in the original equipment manufacturerentities master agreement, site adder or any active agreement executed by TEI and the respective entity. * 51 88 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentTEI is not a retail provider or dealer so there is no exchange or return as the majority of the tangible components used are unit specific. The value for If a specific piece can be discussed with Sourcewell member executed an order form to purchase a member component and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local areacomponent was not ordered by TEI, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to client could cancel the type of equipment we provideorder within one business. * 52 89 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available TEI has a base line of service for purchaseall units under our Master Agreement and then several options for a client to choose from with the assistance of a TEI sales consultant, that would be listed on the locations Site Adder. It These options will allow clients to choose and pay for the right level of coverage and options as each location will have different needs. Additional Information can be found in the attached (Additional Documents Upload) > "About Us & Offered Services > TEI Master Agreement > pg.4" & and all detailed levels AND options under "Pricing > Sourcewell TEI Unit Pricing Master > "Pricing Factors Tab" * 90 Describe, in detail, your approach to providing both maintenance and repair for your units in service. Maintenance for each unit type at TEI is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardtailored to meet specific customer requirements, basemanufacturer recommendations, usage patterns, condition assessments, and premium coverage optionscontractual obligations, among other factors. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms Upon acquiring each unit, it is systematically processed in our internal system based on the specified requirements. Subsequently, a technician conducts an initial inspection checklist and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing overview to ensure the unit operates safely and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are availablemeets performance standards accurately. This includes standard leases meticulous process is crucial to laying a strong foundation for our partnership. In the event that repairs are necessary, TEI ensures seamless coordination of outages with the customer or promptly dispatches a team to restore the elevator to operational status. Throughout our ongoing maintenance services, our skilled technicians and local consultants remain vigilant, offering solutions and recommendations for the units. Our dedicated maintenance support staff collaborates closely with the technicians, providing ample support, tools, and streamlined organization of tasks such as well as leases with callbacks, maintenance activities, and inspections. 91 How does your elevator dispatch system adapt to different purchase options at trafic patterns and peak usage time to ensure optimal performance and user satisfaction? TEI installs the end latest technology and can procure different model controllers based off of the termneeds of the building, application and customer preference. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used Each elevator installed will come with software provisions that allow for the controller to tailor monthly payments adapt to traffic patterns and park the elevators for optimal performance. As a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored value add to Sourcewell members only, TEI will include special callback coverage during regular hours to adjust parameters within the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etccontroller for user satisfaction.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 43 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All ▇▇▇▇▇ Sports Lighting, LLC will provide all materials and labor to maintain operation of its lighting system to original design criteria for 25 or 10 years. Musco products and services are covered guaranteed to perform for the customer as described detailed in manufacturer the Musco Constant 25™ or Musco Constant 10™ documents. Under the Musco Constant 25™ or Musco Constant 10™ Product Assurance & Warranty StatementsProgram, Musco pays any upfront cost for shipping cost, installation cost, any associated rental equipment cost & disposal cost for the replaced equipment. See document: Warranty * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard With ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ TLC for LED®, there is no hour usage restriction for our Musco Constant 25™ or Musco Constant 10™ Product Assurance & Warranty is subject Program but we do ask for expected usage hours to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety meet design criteria of terms and hoursthe project. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes, the Musco Constant 25™ and Musco Constant 10™ Product Assurance & Warranty Program covers the technicians travel time and mileage to perform any warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timerepairs. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities Members in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Musco will be able to cover all geographic regions of the facilities United States & Canada with our Lighting Services Team that is comprised of trained technical employees specializing in sports lighting that provide field maintenance, warranty work, consulting and technicians available temporary lighting. They are regionally based to perform warranty effectively provide service in every state & Canada. Musco also has a network of contractors located throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in Canada that we utilize to install and maintain our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablelighting systems per Musco Constant 25™ and Musco Constant 10™ documents. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Yes, items included in the scope of the ▇▇▇▇▇ sports lighting design, Musco will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturercover warranty service for those items. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? Due to ▇▇▇▇▇▇'▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentcustom designed, engineered to order lighting systems, therefore does not require an exchange and return program. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member Any defective on arrival product or repairs are covered by the Musco Constant 25™ and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideMusco Constant 10™ Product Assurance & Warranty Program. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts ▇▇▇▇▇ Sports Lighting, LLC will provide all materials and labor to maintain operation of its lighting system to original design criteria for 25 or 10 years. Musco products and services are available guaranteed to perform for purchasethe customer as detailed in the Musco Constant 25™ or Musco Constant 10™ documents. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe 50 What are your payment terms and accepted (e.g., net 10, net 30)? ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ payment methods. Payment Terms terms are Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableA service charge of 1 ½% per month (annual percentage rate of 18%) will be charged on all invoices 30 days past due. * 54 Describe any 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options available for use by educational or that schools and governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose entities may need to use in connection order to make certain acquisitions? Musco Finance™ was established in 2006, it provides competitive financing solutions that enable customers to realize the benefits of Musco products and services. Hundreds of customers have used these solutions to complete their lighting projects. Musco Finance™ has provided budget-accommodating financing for governmental, commercial, and not-for-profit entities throughout the United States of America. The municipal lease-purchase program, offered by Musco Finance™ provides the funding opportunity many public entities need for facility improvements such as sports lighting. The program provides a flexible, cost- effective means of funding essential renovations and, in many areas, may eliminate much of the time and expense associated with an awarded selling bonds for a project. A known set expense can be budgeted annually; freeing entities from budget uncertainties and lowering cash flow impact. * 52 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or some other entity) will process the Sourcewell Members' purchase orders. • Establish the value & price for the lighting solution with which the customer is comfortable. • Present information about Sourcewell as a means by which they can purchase what they want at a beneficial price without having to go through the public bid process. • Educate the customer about Sourcewell benefits and the ease of using this cooperative purchasing agreement. • Provide the customer with the link to become a Sourcewell Member, if not already. • Provide quote reflecting the Sourcewell contract number and award expiration date to customer. • Receive PO from customer reflecting that the purchase was utilizing the Sourcewell contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.contract number stated on PO). Upload • On a sample quarterly basis, pull report of each (as applicable) in Sourcewell purchases, submit & remit payment to Sourcewell. To be submitted using the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary reporting template provided by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptableSourcewell. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 43 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes, products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthroughout the duration of the warranty period. See document: Warranty * 47 44 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty StatementsDepending on the product the limitation would be 24/7 usage vs. Single Shift usage. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursIn addition varies by product line. * 48 45 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Yes our warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timecovers all costs. * 49 46 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as and Canada, if applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities Members in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Humanscale technicians can cover most major cities in the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States US and Canada. Sourcewell entities For regions without a Humanscale technician we will be provided service/work with trusted installation companies or dealers to complete the warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablework. * 50 47 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment N/A We are not submitting items made by another manufacturer. * 51 48 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability In order to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, avoid the need for simply returning an exchange program, Humanscale has a substantial “sample” program which enables Sourcewell members to trial our products in advance of placing their order to better ensure 100% satisfaction. In addition, Humanscale products are designed to be very modular where parts and pieces can easily be swapped. All returned and non-damaged refused orders are subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) restocking fee. Seating and special order returns will not be accepted. Customer must request a Return Authorization through the Humanscale Customer Care Department within 30 days of product receipt to return any product. If Humanscale agrees to restock the product, customer must return it freight prepaid to Humanscale, F.O.B., to the original shipping point or exchanging as otherwise instructed by Humanscale Customer Care. If product is returned without a Return Authorization, Humanscale will notify customer of the unauthorized return and customer must provide instructions for its disposition within one week thereafter. Failure of customer to respond within one week will result in Humanscale's right to dispose of the product with no credit. Return Authorizations expire sixty (60) days after the date of issue. If the returned product is not generally applicable to in resalable condition, customer will not receive credit for the type return. Customer must promptly provide a purchase order or other acceptance of equipment we providefees/credit reduction as required. * 52 49 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts We do offer a Preventative Maintenance option for our Healthcare Carts. * 50 What are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are (e.g., net 10, net 30)? Net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available. 30 * 54 Describe any 51 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options available for use by educational or that schools and governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose entities may need to use in connection with an awarded contract (order formsto make certain acquisitions? We do not provide leasing or financing options, however if needed we can discuss extending our payment terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)for a specific project. Upload a sample of each (* 52 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as applicable) described in the document upload section of Contract template. For example, indicate whether your responsedealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or some other entity) will process the Sourcewell Members' purchase orders. Transaction documents Order Entry: Order Entry Team • Order receipt • Review order for errors • Order entry • Update PO log Order tracking: Customer Service • Ensure orders receive correct ship date • Ensure orders ship on time • Process order changes • Process replacement orders Ship Date Assignment and Inventory Management: Management Team • Assign ship dates • Manage inventory (if forecasts are provided) • Place orders with suppliers * All Sourcewell purchase orders will vary be processed by Humanscale, whether the dealer locationsubmits the order or the order comes to us direct. The contracts team has a designated person who runs our reports. The report is tagged on her calendar to ensure the report is timely. The area I see we must work together is the fields for Customer Name, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase Email and Telephone number. These are not normal fields our ERP system supplies, so we must rely on the dealer that they receive this information, it is on their PO or ensure if the order is acceptable. *direct the information is provided.

Line Item Question Response. 46 42 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Tyler warrants its software and labor are covered services as described indicated in manufacturer Warranty Statementsthe software and services agreements included with our proposal. See document: Warranty With few exceptions, ▇▇▇▇▇ does not warrant hardware or other 3rd party products but passes through those warranties to Participating Entities. * 47 43 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year Our software warranty requires clients have an active Maintenance or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursSaaS agreement. * 48 44 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Tyler software warranty repair or replacement must support is provided remotely If we need to travel to a client site for warranty support, it will be made at no charge to the dealer location as described in manufacturer client unless the onsite trip is caused by the client's failures to perform under the agreement. Warranty Statements. Extended warranties coverage for third party products and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeservices is subject to the suppliers' terms. * 49 45 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities can provide warranty service for our software and technicians available to perform warranty services throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/As noted above, warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on coverage for third party products and services is subject to the job site when applicable. suppliers' terms * 50 46 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties will be passed on to the original equipment manufacturerWith very few exceptions, we do not offer warranties for third party software, hardware, or services. * 51 47 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? Tyler Software: So long as the client has an active software maintenance or SaaS agreement, ▇▇▇▇▇ will cure Defects in its software, as defined in the applicable agreement, in accord with the applicable support call process. Tyler Services: In the event ▇▇▇▇▇ provides services not in accordance with appliable industry standards, ▇▇▇▇▇ will reperform those services at no additional cost to the client. 3rd Party Products: Warranty and exchange policies are determined by the applicable supplier and/or manufacturer. ▇▇▇▇▇ will reasonably coordinate support and warranty claims for 3rd party products resold by ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provide. * 52 48 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts ▇▇▇▇▇ does not warrant hardware or other 3rd party products but passes through those warranties to Participating Entities. Extended warranties can the leverage through 3rd Party providers. * 49 What are available for purchase. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net (e.g., net 10, net 30. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing available)? 45 days following invoice date. * 54 Describe any 50 Do you provide leasing or financing options, especially those options that schools and governmental entities may need to use in order to make certain acquisitions? While we do not offer leasing or financing options available directly, ▇▇▇▇▇ has occasionally coordinated client requests in order to obtain funding for use by educational their procurements. Additionally, ▇▇▇▇▇ will reasonably cooperate with clients who have exigent financial restraints in order to structure payment terms that allocate the total cost of ownership over the term of the agreement. * 51 Briefly describe your proposed order process. Include enough detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template. For example, indicate whether your dealer network is included in your response and whether each dealer (or governmental some other entity) will process the Sourcewell participating entities' purchase orders. A variety of leasing programs Tyler sales are availablelogged into a CRM system with . appropriate fields denoting Sourcewell related sales, that track deal progression and specifics. This includes database store data on all sales details and pertinent information. Reports can be generated from this system to produce the report format requested by Sourcewell. * 52 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Yes, ▇▇▇▇▇ accepts Visa/Mastercard. Charges can be five thousand dollars or less. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as desribed in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 53 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at or list pricing and the end Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents items that you propose want Sourcewell to use consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.)your proposal. Upload a sample of each your pricing materials (as if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents ▇▇▇▇▇ is providing a broad range of best in class software solutions with comprehensive service offerings to the support the successful implementation of our products and continued optimization of our solutions at client sites so that they truly benefit and empower the users, their organization and their constituencies. ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ remains committed to meeting the software needs of our clients and provides both on-premise and SaaS based software offerings to support their varied needs. Our subscription based software offerings made up the majority of our new contracts in 2019 and this trend will vary continue upwards. ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ subscription based pricing lowers the cost of entry by dealer locationeliminating large up-front fees and spreading costs over time. ▇▇▇▇▇ can help our clients compare all software deployment options to determine what the best investment is for their particular organization. ▇▇▇▇▇ provides comprehensive enterprise software that is configured specifically for each client's unique needs. The individual line items and MSRP prices are derived from a series of proprietary calculations. All pricing proposals offered to Sourcewell members will clearly show the MSRP and the applicable Sourcewell discount. This discount is limited to Tyler Software Licenses and Tyler Software License Subscriptions (SaaS) portions of the proposal and do not apply to services, but typically annual maintenance, custom programming, third party products and services and other components of the clients proposal that are not listed as Tyler Software Licenses or Tyler Software Subscription. ▇▇▇▇▇ has provided a signed sales order and/or purchase order pricing summary to Sourcewell that conveys the overall discount structure and pricing examples for the offerings that ▇▇▇▇▇ will be providing on the contract. Determining the needs of our customers and the software that will be suit their organization to optimize processes is acceptablea consultative process and pricing formulation is multi-factored and involves both software and service offerings. ▇▇▇▇▇ strives to work closely with all of its prospects and clients to best understand their needs and propose services and solutions to appropriately serve their needs. ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ quotes to our customers will clearly present the actual list price and proposed discounts that have been expressed in ▇▇▇▇▇'▇ proposal. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Yes. Our warranty does cover all products, including parts and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsper warranty labor flat rate schedule. See document: Warranty Our current warranty document is atttached. * 47 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hours. No * 48 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. No * 49 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Our dealers are required to provide service to any machine they sell. This would apply to any Sourcewell Entity purchases if awarded the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablecontract. * 50 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties No, third party warranties for all third party equipment will be passed on to handled by the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts tradeWe do not currently have a strict policy covering this topic. In the event of a machine return, we would review on a case-ins for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideby-case basis. * 52 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service We do not offer service contracts are available for purchaseoutside of our standard warranty terms. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard, base, and premium coverage However some of our Dealers do offer aftermarket options. See document: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Our standard Terms are Net 3030 with our Dealer Network. Cash, Credit, or Financing and Leasing availableEach Dealer would have their specific terms identified for the Sourcewell Entity. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs Yes, we have relationships with lenders that offer these services. Our dealers are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase informed on the options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used and stand ready to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationassist. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents The order process between Giant and the Dealer network is already established and setup. The Dealers will vary be responsible for the transaction with the Sourcewell Entity. Most dealers have a very flexible and standard set of purchase documents. * 56 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? Not currently at this time. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 57 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Pricing for all machines is based off our MSRP listing attached. * 58 Quantify the pricing discount represented by the pricing proposal in this response. For example, if the pricing in your response represents a percentage discount from MSRP or list, state the percentage or percentage range. We will offer an additional 7% Discount off standard MSRP for Sourcewell members. * 59 Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate programs that you offer. For individual orders of 3 machines or more we will offer an additional quantity discount. This discount will be determined on a case by case basis. * 60 Propose a method of facilitating “sourced” products or related services, which may be referred to as “open market” items or “nonstandard options”. For example, you may supply such items “at cost” or “at cost plus a percentage,” or you may supply a quote for each such request. Giant branded attachments are also offered as part of this RFP and will be discounted 30% off our listed MSRP. * 61 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response. This includes all additional charges associated with a purchase that are not directly identified as freight or shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such costs and their relationship to the Proposer. All deliveries are Ex-Works Cedar Falls IA, freight to dealer location or Sourcewell member location not included. Canadian Customs, brokerage, or other related fees are not included. Electric machines will have an on-board charger as standard, super chargers (opportunity chargers) are not included with machine purchase but are available to purchase from Giant Loaders and Sourcewell customers will receive additional 7% discount on charging equipment as well. * 62 If freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Sourcewell participating entity, describe in detail the complete freight, shipping, and delivery program. Machines are received and PDI is done at North American headquarters in Cedar Falls, Iowa. All freight charges to dealers are additional and dependant on their location. * 63 Specifically describe freight, but typically a signed sales order shipping, and delivery terms or programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any offshore delivery. Freight to Alaska, Hawaii and Canada is available. These charges are also dependent on the location and means of transport. * 64 Describe any unique distribution and/or purchase order delivery methods or options offered in your proposal. Machines can be picked up at Giant Loaders USA in Cedar Falls, Iowa in lieu of shipping charges. There is acceptableno additional charge for customer pickup. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 76 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials NRS stands behind and warranties all products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer for structural strength of any framework or component for one year from date of product shipment. NRS provides a five-year warranty on aluminum plank that it will not blister, crack, peel, or flake due to weather, temperature change, continued exposure to rain, snow, or U.V rays from the sun. Copy of our Warranty StatementsProgram is uploaded under Documents. See document: Warranty * 47 77 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard NRS warranty does not cover damages resulting from improper usage, abuse, alteration, negligence, transportation, fire, lightning, caustic chemicals, acts of God, improper maintenance, vandalism, or other causes beyond the control of the "company" are excluded. Copy of our Warranty Program is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursuploaded under Documents. * 48 78 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Most warranty repair issues are solved quickly and efficiently resolved through photography. Our manufacturing documents are in CAD and Inventor 3D software which allows us to easily identify any manufacturing error that may have occurred. NRS at their own discretion may elect to disburse someone from our engineering or replacement must installation support team to the job site. If deemed to be made at a warranty issue, NRS will cover the dealer location as described in manufacturer expense including NRS installer technicians travel time and mileage to perform the warranty repairs. NRS has been providing spectator seating for over 35 years and has built our business by standing by our products. Copy of our Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel timeProgram is uploaded under Documents. * 49 79 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities There are no geographic areas for which NRS or and technicians available NRS authorized dealer cannot provide a technician to perform warranty throughout the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/warranty repair in our dealer's shops or on the job site when applicablerepairs. * 50 80 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Items not manufactured by NRS such as metal skirting for bleachers are passed through warranties by the original equipment manufacturer. NRS's installation support team and engineering team will be handle any discussions or additional questions regarding all warranties even if they are passed on to through the original equipment manufacturer. * 51 81 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentNRS must approve return of product through a completed return authorization form. The value for NRS authorized dealer or NRS inside sales team will complete this document and issue a specific piece can be discussed with return authorization approval. NRS charges a member and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a 20% restocking fee as returned product is not generally applicable unpackaged, inspected, and products that pass inspection are restocked into inventory. NRS will only credit for product that passes the return inspection process. The credit is for the approved inspected product less the 20% restocking fee. The customer is responsible for freight charges for the returned product from the customer's location to the type NRS manufacturing facility and distribution center in Lakeland, Florida. Template of equipment we providethe Return Authorization Form is uploaded under Documents. * 52 82 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchaseBleachers and grandstands require a yearly inspection. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardNRS does not offer service contracts, basehowever, and premium coverage optionsthe NRS authorized dealer base offers inspection services through their local presence in the market. See document* Line Item 83. NOTICE: Warranty * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. Cash, CreditTo identify any exception, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe to request any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes modification, to Sourcewell standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order formsContract terms, terms and conditions, service level agreementsor specifications, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicableProposer must submit the proposed exception(s) or requested modification(s) via redline in the document Contract Template provided in the “Bid Documents” section. Proposer must upload section of your responsethe redline in the “Requested Exceptions” upload field. Transaction documents All exceptions and/or proposed modifications are subject to review and approval by Sourcewell and will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptablenot automatically be included in the Contract. *NRS does not have any exceptions are modifications to propose. Yes No

Line Item Question Response. 46 45 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials Flowbird's standard warranty covers hardware only (see attachment). The pay stations, meters, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsticket vending machines come with a 1 years hardware warranty. See document: Warranty Labor warranties can be proposed upon request. * 47 46 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty The warranty does not include “wear and usage items” such as paper, batteries, etc. Any repair of damage resulting from acts of vandalism, accident (vehicle impact), failure in the electricity supply, operator error, (e.g. but not limited to: no ticket stock, no coin box fitted, wrong time/date) or the use of non-approved ticket stock on the Pay Station, or rust attack, is subject to one full year or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor are available for a variety of terms and hoursnot covered under the warranty. * 48 47 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ ' travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard Flowbird's standard hardware warranty repair or replacement must be made at the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties does not cover labor and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some travel time. However, we can propose labor warranties that include travel time and mileage upon request. * 49 48 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have Flowbird has the facilities and technicians available capability to perform warranty throughout send a technician to all parts of the entire United States and Canada. Sourcewell entities will be provided service/However, because the pay stations have a plug and play design, Flowbird does not typically perform warranty repair in our dealer's shops or repairs onsite. The clients send Flowbird the defective part and we send them a replacement. We train the clients' staff to replace the parts to help them save on the job site when applicablelabor costs. * 50 49 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties Flowbird will be passed on to the original provide a hardware warranty for all equipment manufacturerpresented in our proposal. * 51 50 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins for new equipmentThe process involves the customer submitting an RMA (Return Material Authorization) to Flowbird and the defective part. The value for a specific piece can be discussed with a member and their local Vermeer representative. With Flowbird sends the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable replacement part to the type of equipment we providecustomer. * 52 51 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available for purchasecan be proposed, however, we first receive the scope of work from the client and submit a proposal. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standard* Describe in detail your performance standards or guarantees, baseincluding conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and premium coverage optionsoverall structure. See document: Warranty You may upload representative samples of your performance materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below. 52 Describe any performance standards or guarantees that apply to your services Please refer to the attached Connectivity and Services agreement for relevant terms and conditions. * 53 Describe any service standards or guarantees that apply to your services (policies, metrics, KPIs, etc.) Please refer to the attached Connectivity and Services agreement. * 54 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. ? Payment Terms terms are Net net 30. Cash, Credit, Acceptable payment methods are check or Financing and Leasing availableACH deposit. * 54 55 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use by educational or governmental entities. A variety of Flowbird offers attractive, low interest, leasing programs are availableoptions through various financial partners. This includes standard leases as well as leases We will provide a lease quotation for each clients or prospect with different purchase options at the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their applicationleasing requests. * 55 56 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer locationFlowbird's standard service level agreement is attached, but typically along with our standard order forms for hardware and software customization. * 57 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell participating entities for using this process? No, Flowbird does not accept the P-card procurement and payment process. * Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form. 58 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line-item discounts or product-category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourcewell discounted price) on all of the items that you want Sourcewell to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a signed sales order and/or purchase order SKU for each item in your proposal. Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Our pricing model is acceptablebased on providing a discount to Sourcewell participants. The discounts are shown on the attached price list. *

Line Item Question Response. 46 76 Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and labor? All materials We stand behind and warranty all ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ products, parts, and labor are covered as described in manufacturer Warranty Statementsfor one year from the date of substantial completion. See document: Warranty We provide a single point of contact to receive warranty claims, report progress on the solution, and ensure resolution. This approach ensures accountability and an efficient resolution of any warranty issue that may arise. We also offer extended warranty packages tailored to specific products and regions. Pricing for additional coverage is available upon request. * 47 77 Do your warranties impose usage restrictions or other limitations that adversely affect coverage? Standard Warranty We provide all customers with an Operations and Maintenance Manual, which outlines proper usage, maintenance, and code required inspection guidelines to assist our customers with ensuring their warranty coverage is subject not adversely affected and to one full year prolong the life of ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ products. Our standard warranty does not cover vandalism, improper use, or 1,000 hours, whichever comes first as described in Manufacturer Warranty Statementsother damage that is not the result of a faulty product. Extended warranties for parts and/or labor Our complete warranty terms and conditions are available for a variety of terms upon request. Attachments: ▇▇▇▇ Installed, Material and hours. Press Box Warranty * 48 78 Do your warranties cover the expense of technicians’ travel time and mileage to perform warranty repairs? The Standard ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇’▇ warranty repair or replacement must be made at program covers all expenses required to perform a repair, including, but not limited to the dealer location as described in manufacturer Warranty Statements. Extended warranties and preventative maintenance programs are available that would include some expense of a technician’s travel time, mileage and amenities. * 49 79 Are there any geographic regions of the United States or Canada (as applicable) for which you cannot provide a certified technician to perform warranty repairs? How will Sourcewell participating entities in these regions be provided service for warranty repair? We have the facilities and technicians available to perform warranty throughout the entire United States repairs in all markets we serve through our certified installer base. Should a member opt to self-perform or engage another entity for repairs, we will provide instructions and Canadaguidance to ensure proper method and completeness of work. Sourcewell entities This virtual support will be provided service/warranty repair in via our dealer's shops or on Warranty Department as well as the job site when applicableProject Manager assigned to the project at time of purchase. * 50 80 Will you cover warranty service for items made by other manufacturers that are part of your proposal, or are these warranties issues typically passed on to the original equipment manufacturer? Warranties At ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, we carefully choose manufacturers which offer sound, comprehensive warranties that match the high standards we set for ourselves. As part of our Supplier Agreements, we vet warranty standards and support services prior to contracting and throughout our engagement. We stand with our customers and will be passed on act as a liaison to the original equipment manufacturerensure all warranty guarantees provided by other manufacturers are met. * 51 81 What are your proposed exchange and return programs and policies? ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ routinely accepts trade-ins By nature of the products we provide – typically engineered to order solutions – we cannot accept returns. However, our goal for new equipment. The value for a specific piece can be discussed each and every order is to provide our customers with a member full turn-key product solution to meet their needs; therefore, our Project Manager will work with members and their local Vermeer representative. With the warranty we provide combined with a member’s ability our internal teams (Design/Engineering/Production/Assembly crews) to try and/or see a piece of equipment operate ensure correct and workable products are in their local area, the need for simply returning or exchanging a product is not generally applicable to the type of equipment we provideplace at project close out. * 52 82 Describe any service contract options for the items included in your proposal. Service contracts are available Preventative maintenance provides a proven means for purchaseextending the life and maintaining the performance of products. It is marketed as Confidence Plus® with standardWe offer an Inspection Contract that typically lasts five years; however, basethe term length can be adjusted to meet individual customer needs. The contract includes a thorough inspection of the products to identify safety issues, significant cosmetic defects, maintenance that may be required, and premium coverage optionsan estimate of the cost to repair any discovered issues. See document: Warranty These inspections also provide inspection identification tags as required by ICC building codes (ICC 2017). In addition, we will provide coordination for obtaining the necessary material and qualified labor to address any issues that are found. Pricing for our Inspection Program is based on seat count and is covered in the Services portion of our proposed pricing. * 53 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment methods. Payment Terms are Net 30. CashOnly those Proposer Exceptions to Terms, CreditConditions, or Financing and Leasing available. * 54 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use Specifications that have been accepted by educational or governmental entities. A variety of leasing programs are available. This includes standard leases as well as leases with different purchase options at Sourcewell have been incorporated into the end of the term. Purchase Options using predetermined or fair market values can be used to tailor monthly payments to a member’s budget. Rates and terms can vary and be tailored to the members needs and based on their application. * 55 Describe any standard transaction documents that you propose to use in connection with an awarded contract (order forms, terms and conditions, service level agreements, etccontact text.). Upload a sample of each (as applicable) in the document upload section of your response. Transaction documents will vary by dealer location, but typically a signed sales order and/or purchase order is acceptable. *